-- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written --
-- authorization. --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- $Id: NEWS,v 1.2564 2016/01/24 01:17:56 tom Exp $
+-- $Id: NEWS,v 1.2566 2016/01/30 19:38:41 tom Exp $
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd started
Changes through 1.9.9e did not credit all contributions;
it is not possible to add this information.
+20160130
+ + improve formatting of man/curs_refresh.3x and man/tset.1 manpages
+ + regenerate HTML manpages using newer man2html to eliminate some
+ unwanted blank lines.
+
20160123
+ ifdef'd header-file definition of mouse_trafo() with NCURSES_NOMACROS
(report by Corey Minyard).
-5:0:9 6.0 20160123
+5:0:9 6.0 20160130
# use or other dealings in this Software without prior written #
# authorization. #
##############################################################################
-# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1090 2016/01/23 17:00:00 tom Exp $
+# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1091 2016/01/30 15:30:48 tom Exp $
# Makefile for creating ncurses distributions.
#
# This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but
# These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses.
NCURSES_MAJOR = 6
NCURSES_MINOR = 0
-NCURSES_PATCH = 20160123
+NCURSES_PATCH = 20160130
# We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases
VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR)
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> - convert a <EM>termcap</EM> description into a <EM>terminfo</EM>
description
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> looks in each given text <EM>file</EM> for <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>
descriptions. For each one found, an equivalent <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
description is written to standard output. Termcap <STRONG>tc</STRONG>
<STRONG>-w</STRONG> change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description data-
base.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-TRANSLATIONS-FROM-NONSTANDARD-CAPABILITIES">TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-TRANSLATIONS-FROM-NONSTANDARD-CAPABILITIES">TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES</a></H2><PRE>
Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically
be translated into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo
capabilities by <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG>. Whenever one of these auto-
message.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
This utility is actually a link to <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, running in <EM>-I</EM>
mode. You can use other <STRONG>tic</STRONG> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
repeat it n times.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>clear</STRONG> - clear the terminal screen
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>clear</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>clear</STRONG> clears your screen if this is possible, including
its scrollback buffer (if the extended "E3" capability is
defined). <STRONG>clear</STRONG> looks in the environment for the terminal
present.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> - add a complex character and rendition to a
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then advance the cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wecho_wchar(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-add_wch">add_wch</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-add_wch">add_wch</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG> functions
put the complex character <EM>wch</EM> into the given window at its
current position, which is then advanced. These functions
updated and the cursor moves as if <STRONG>addch</STRONG> were called.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-echo_wchar">echo_wchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-echo_wchar">echo_wchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG> function is functionally equivalent to a
call to <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>. Similarly,
the <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> is functionally equivalent to a call to
functions instead of their equivalents.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
Like <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>addch_wch</STRONG> accepts symbols which make it
simple to draw lines and other frequently used special
characters. These symbols correspond to the same VT100
WACS_D_PLUS 0x256c + double large plus or crossover
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>
may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
All of these functions are described in the XSI Curses
standard, Issue 4. The defaults specified for line-draw-
ing characters apply in the POSIX locale.
definitions which are not in the SVr4 implementations.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>putwc(3)</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>add_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>add_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr</STRONG>
- add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a
curses window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions copy the (null-terminated) array of com-
plex characters <EM>wchstr</EM> into the window image structure
starting at the current cursor position. The four func-
background character and rendition.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All functions except <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These entry points are described in the XSI Curses stan-
dard, Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
Comparable functions in the narrow-character (ncurses) li-
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>, <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> -
add a character (with attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then
advance the cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Adding-characters">Adding characters</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Adding-characters">Adding characters</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG> routines put the
character <EM>ch</EM> into the given window at its current window
position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to
into characters.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Echoing-characters">Echoing characters</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Echoing-characters">Echoing characters</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> and <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> routines are equivalent to a
call to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, or a call to
<STRONG>waddch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>. The knowledge that
equivalents.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
The following variables may be used to add line drawing
characters to the screen with routines of the <STRONG>addch</STRONG> fam-
ily. The default character listed below is used if the
ACS_VLINE | vertical line
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>addch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> may be
macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
All these functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
dard, Issue 4. The defaults specified for forms-drawing
characters apply in the POSIX locale.
of other implementations, but is not documented.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG>putc(3)</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>addchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddchstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvaddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr</STRONG> - add a string of
characters (and attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions copy the (null-terminated) <EM>chstr</EM> array in-
to the window image structure starting at the current cur-
sor position. The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argu-
gin, rather than wrapping it around to the new line.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All functions except <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These entry points are described in the XSI Curses stan-
dard, Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>addstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddnstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvwaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnstr</STRONG> - add a string of characters to a
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions write the (null-terminated) character
string <EM>str</EM> on the given window. It is similar to calling
<STRONG>waddch</STRONG> once for each character in the string.
If <EM>n</EM> is -1, then the entire string will be added.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All of these functions except <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>addwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddwstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvaddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr</STRONG> - add a string of wide
characters to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions write the characters of the (null-termi-
nated) <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string <EM>wstr</EM> on the given window.
It is similar to constructing a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> for each wchar_t
added.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All of these functions except <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.43 2015/12/05 18:46:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.44 2015/12/13 21:54:05 tom Exp @
-->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
<HTML>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>,
<STRONG>color_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcolor_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG>, <STRONG>wstandend</STRONG>, <STRONG>standout</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wstandout</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>,
window attribute control routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attroff(int</STRONG> <EM>attrs);</EM>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattroff(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER(</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the
named window. The current attributes of a window apply to
all characters that are written into the window with <STRONG>wadd-</STRONG>
on the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-attrset">attrset</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-attrset">attrset</a></H3><PRE>
The routine <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> sets the current attributes of the
given window to <EM>attrs</EM>. The routine <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> turns off the
named attributes without turning any other attributes on
used for erasing and clearing.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-attr_set">attr_set</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-attr_set">attr_set</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> routine is actually a legacy feature predating
SVr4 curses but kept in X/Open Curses for the same reason
that SVr4 curses kept it: compatibility. The routine <STRONG>at-</STRONG>
ments of type <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>int</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-color_set">color_set</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-color_set">color_set</a></H3><PRE>
The routine <STRONG>color_set</STRONG> sets the current color of the given
window to the foreground/background combination described
by the color_pair_number. The parameter opts is reserved
for future use, applications must supply a null pointer.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-attr_get">attr_get</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-attr_get">attr_get</a></H3><PRE>
The routine <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG> returns the current attribute and
color pair for the given window; <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG> returns the cur-
rent attribute and color pair for <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-chgat">chgat</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-chgat">chgat</a></H3><PRE>
The routine <STRONG>chgat</STRONG> changes the attributes of a given number
of characters starting at the current cursor location of
<STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>. It does not update the cursor and does not per-
(leave it <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Attributes">Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Attributes">Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
The following video attributes, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, can
be passed to the routines <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, and <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, or
OR'd with the characters passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> (see <STRONG>curs_add-</STRONG>
claims (falsely) that these routines always return <STRONG>1</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG> and <STRONG>standout</STRONG> may be macros.
support more than 256 color pairs.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. The standard defined the dedicated type for
highlights, <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, which is not defined in SVr4 curses.
(i.e., via the <STRONG>sgr1</STRONG> capability).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>beep</STRONG>, <STRONG>flash</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bell and screen flash routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beep(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flash(void);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>beep</STRONG> and <STRONG>flash</STRONG> routines are used to alert the terminal
user. The routine <STRONG>beep</STRONG> sounds an audible alarm on the
terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen
flash the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if they succeed in beeping or
flashing, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, so it
was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
<STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
background manipulation routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgdset(chtype</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-bkgdset">bkgdset</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-bkgdset">bkgdset</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
ground of the named window. The window background is a
<STRONG>chtype</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-bkgd">bkgd</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-bkgd">bkgd</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> functions set the background property
of the current or specified window and then apply this
setting to every character position in that window:
is changed to the new background character.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-getbkgd">getbkgd</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-getbkgd">getbkgd</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
background character/attribute pair.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The routines <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The
SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
is set", but this appears to be an error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. It specifies that <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but gives no failure conditions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_out-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget-</STRONG>
<STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window complex background manipulation
routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrnd(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-bkgrndset">bkgrndset</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-bkgrndset">bkgrndset</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
ground of the named window. The window background is a
<STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-bkgrnd">bkgrnd</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-bkgrnd">bkgrnd</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG> functions set the background prop-
erty of the current or specified window and then apply
this setting to every character position in that window:
is changed to the new background character.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-getbkgrnd">getbkgrnd</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-getbkgrnd">getbkgrnd</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
background character/attribute pair via the <STRONG>wch</STRONG> pointer.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, and <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG> routines do not return a
value.
treated as an error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG>, <STRONG>box</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
borders, horizontal and vertical lines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG>
<STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> routines draw a box around the
edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument
is a character with attributes:
many as fit into the window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>. The SVr4.0 manual
says "or a non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but
this appears to be an error.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The borders generated by these functions are <EM>inside</EM> bor-
ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
not documented).
Note that <STRONG>border</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>box_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline_set</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline_set</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG> borders or lines
using complex characters and renditions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border_set(</STRONG>
<STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>border_set</STRONG> and <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG> functions draw a border
around the edges of the current or specified window.
These functions do not change the cursor position, and do
the window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Upon successful completion, these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_out-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG>,
<STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> - clear all or part of a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erase(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtoeol(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
tion in the window, clearing the screen.
dition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>) merged into them.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative inte-
ger if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but this appears to be an error.
error if it is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, and <STRONG>clr-</STRONG>
<STRONG>toeol</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
ing the next <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, use <STRONG>werase</STRONG> instead.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>start_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG>,
<STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>color_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>
- <STRONG>curses</STRONG> color manipulation routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start_color(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Overview">Overview</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Overview">Overview</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> supports color attributes on terminals with that
capability. To use these routines <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> must be
called, usually right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. Colors are always
how a given color-pair is currently defined.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Color-Rendering">Color Rendering</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Color-Rendering">Color Rendering</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library combines these inputs to produce the
actual foreground and background colors shown on the
screen:
background character.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Routine-Descriptions">Routine Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Routine-Descriptions">Routine Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments. It must be
called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before
any other color manipulation routine is called. It is
through <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>, inclusive.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Colors">Colors</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Colors">Colors</a></H3><PRE>
In <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> the following macros are defined. These are
the standard colors (ISO-6429). <STRONG>curses</STRONG> also assumes that
<STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG> is the default background color for all termi-
<STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The routines <STRONG>can_change_color()</STRONG> and <STRONG>has_colors()</STRONG> return
<STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
located.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
In the <EM>ncurses</EM> implementation, there is a separate color
activation flag, color palette, color pairs table, and as-
sociated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
<STRONG>o</STRONG> Color RGB values are not settable.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maxi-
mums for <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>.
will treat those as optional parameters when null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> - delete character under
the cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delch(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all
characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
moved to the left one position and the last character on
ture.)
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
upon successful completion.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>deleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insertln</STRONG>, <STRONG>win-</STRONG>
<STRONG>sertln</STRONG> - delete and insert lines in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>deleteln(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsertln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG> and <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG> routines delete the line under
the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is
above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
upon successful completion.
returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all but <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> may be macros.
These routines do not require a hardware line delete or
has been set on the current window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>curses_version</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_extended_names</STRONG> - miscellaneous curses
extensions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>curses_version(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_extended_names(bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are extensions to the curses library which
do not fit easily into other categories.
implementations of curses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>key-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="keybound.3x.html">bound(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> - get
(or push back) a wide character from curses terminal key-
board
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wch(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>unget_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG> functions
read a character from the terminal associated with the
current or specified window. In no-delay mode, if no
operation may fail.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
header file <STRONG><stdio.h></STRONG>.
All functions except <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> and <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
When <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG> func-
tions successfully report the pressing of a function key,
they return <STRONG>KEY_CODE_YES</STRONG>. When they successfully report a
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG> - get an array of
wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wstr(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The effect of <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG> is as though a series of calls to
<STRONG>get_wch</STRONG> were made, until a newline, other end-of-line, or
end-of-file condition is processed. An end-of-file condi-
the application prevent overflow of the input buffer.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Using <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> to
read a line that overflows the array pointed to by <STRONG>wstr</STRONG>
causes undefined results. The use of <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>,
All of these routines except <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All of these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon successful comple-
tion. Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in The Single Unix Specifi-
cation, Version 2. No error conditions are defined. This
implementation returns ERR if the window pointer is null,
<STRONG>wint_t</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>getcchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> - Get a wide character string and ren-
dition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> or set a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> from a wide-charac-
ter string
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcchar(</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-getcchar">getcchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-getcchar">getcchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function gets a wide-character string and
rendition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> argument. When <EM>wch</EM> is not a null
pointer, the <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function does the following:
<EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-setcchar">setcchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-setcchar">setcchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> function initializes the location pointed to
by <EM>wcval</EM> by using:
allowed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The <EM>opts</EM> argument is reserved for future use. Currently,
an application must provide a null pointer as <EM>opts</EM>.
effect is unspecified.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
When <EM>wch</EM> is a null pointer, <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> returns the number of
wide characters referenced by <EM>wcval</EM>, including one for a
trailing null.
wise, it returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG>wcwidth(3)</STRONG>.
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.43 2015/09/19 22:25:05 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.44 2015/12/20 01:43:03 tom Exp @
-->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
<HTML>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> - get
(or push back) characters from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getch(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_key(int</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Reading-characters">Reading characters</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Reading-characters">Reading characters</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, routines read a
character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input
is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned. In delay mode, the
called before another character is read.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Keypad-mode">Keypad mode</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Keypad-mode">Keypad mode</a></H3><PRE>
If <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, and a function key is pressed, the to-
ken for that function key is returned instead of the raw
characters. Possible function keys are defined in <STRONG><curs-</STRONG>
cape key and the escape is returned to the program.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Ungetting-characters">Ungetting characters</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Ungetting-characters">Ungetting characters</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG> routine places <EM>ch</EM> back onto the input queue to
be returned by the next call to <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>. There is just one
input queue for all windows.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Predefined-key-codes">Predefined key-codes</a></H3><PRE>
- The following special keys, defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, may be
- returned by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> if <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been enabled. Not all of
- these are necessarily supported on any particular termi-
- nal.
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Predefined-key-codes">Predefined key-codes</a></H3><PRE>
+ The following special keys are defined in <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
+
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> Except for the special case <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG>, it is neces-
+ sary to enable <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> for <STRONG>getch</STRONG> to return these codes.
+
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> Not all of these are necessarily supported on any par-
+ ticular terminal.
+
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> The naming convention may seem obscure, with some ap-
+ parent misspellings (such as "RSUME" for "resume").
+ The names correspond to the long terminfo capability
+ names for the keys, and were defined long ago, in the
+ 1980s.
<EM>Name</EM> <EM>Key</EM> <EM>name</EM>
-------------------------------------------------
KEY_BTAB Back tab key
KEY_BEG Beg(inning) key
KEY_CANCEL Cancel key
+
KEY_CLOSE Close key
KEY_COMMAND Cmd (command) key
KEY_COPY Copy key
KEY_FIND Find key
KEY_HELP Help key
KEY_MARK Mark key
-
KEY_MESSAGE Message key
KEY_MOUSE Mouse event read
KEY_MOVE Move key
+-----+------+-------+
| <STRONG>C1</STRONG> | <STRONG>down</STRONG> | <STRONG>C3</STRONG> |
+-----+------+-------+
- A few of these predefined values do <EM>not</EM> correspond to a
+ A few of these predefined values do <EM>not</EM> correspond to a
real key:
- <STRONG>o</STRONG> <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is returned when the <STRONG>SIGWINCH</STRONG> signal has
- been detected (see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>).
- This code is returned whether or not <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is returned when the <STRONG>SIGWINCH</STRONG> signal has
+ been detected (see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>).
+ This code is returned whether or not <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been
enabled.
- <STRONG>o</STRONG> <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> is returned for mouse-events (see
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> is returned for mouse-events (see
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>). This code relies upon whether or not
<STRONG><A HREF="keypad.3x.html">keypad(3x)</A></STRONG> has been enabled, because (e.g., with <EM>xterm</EM>
- mouse prototocol) ncurses must read escape sequences,
+ mouse prototocol) ncurses must read escape sequences,
just like a function key.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Testing-key-codes">Testing key-codes</a></H3><PRE>
- The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> routine takes a key-code value from the above
- list, and returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> according to whether the
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Testing-key-codes">Testing key-codes</a></H3><PRE>
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> routine takes a key-code value from the above
+ list, and returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> according to whether the
current terminal type recognizes a key with that value.
The library also supports these extensions:
<STRONG>define_key</STRONG>
- defines a key-code for a given string (see <STRONG>de-</STRONG>
+ defines a key-code for a given string (see <STRONG>de-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">fine_key(3x)</A></STRONG>).
<STRONG>key_defined</STRONG>
- checks if there is a key-code defined for a given
+ checks if there is a key-code defined for a given
string (see <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
- All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (<STRONG>OK</STRONG> in the case of ungetch())
upon successful completion.
returns ERR if there is no more room in the FIFO.
<STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>
- returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or if
+ returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or if
its timeout expires without having any data.
- Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
- ment using <STRONG>wmove</STRONG>, and return an error if the position is
+ Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
+ ment using <STRONG>wmove</STRONG>, and return an error if the position is
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
- ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
+ ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
ing function-key sequence.
- Some keys may be the same as commonly used control keys,
- e.g., <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> versus control/M, <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> versus
+ Some keys may be the same as commonly used control keys,
+ e.g., <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> versus control/M, <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> versus
control/H. Some curses implementations may differ accord-
- ing to whether they treat these control keys specially
- (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo defini-
- tions. <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> uses the terminfo definition. If it says
- that <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> is control/M, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> will return <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG>
+ ing to whether they treat these control keys specially
+ (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo defini-
+ tions. <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> uses the terminfo definition. If it says
+ that <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> is control/M, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> will return <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG>
when you press control/M.
- Generally, <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> denotes the character(s) sent by the
+ Generally, <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> denotes the character(s) sent by the
<EM>Enter</EM> key on the numeric keypad:
<STRONG>o</STRONG> the terminal description lists the most useful keys,
- <STRONG>o</STRONG> the <EM>Enter</EM> key on the regular keyboard is already han-
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> the <EM>Enter</EM> key on the regular keyboard is already han-
dled by the standard ASCII characters for carriage-re-
turn and line-feed,
- <STRONG>o</STRONG> depending on whether <STRONG>nl</STRONG> or <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> was called, pressing
- "Enter" on the regular keyboard may return either a
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> depending on whether <STRONG>nl</STRONG> or <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> was called, pressing
+ "Enter" on the regular keyboard may return either a
carriage-return or line-feed, and finally
- <STRONG>o</STRONG> "Enter or send" is the standard description for this
+ <STRONG>o</STRONG> "Enter or send" is the standard description for this
key.
- When using <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, nocbreak
+ When using <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, nocbreak
mode (<STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>) and echo mode (<STRONG>echo</STRONG>) should not be used at
- the same time. Depending on the state of the tty driver
- when each character is typed, the program may produce un-
+ the same time. Depending on the state of the tty driver
+ when each character is typed, the program may produce un-
desirable results.
Note that <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG> may be macros.
Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
- by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T
- 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern personal computers
- usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style
- consoles typically support little more than <STRONG>KEY_UP</STRONG>,
- <STRONG>KEY_DOWN</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_HOME</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_END</STRONG>,
+ by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T
+ 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern personal computers
+ usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style
+ consoles typically support little more than <STRONG>KEY_UP</STRONG>,
+ <STRONG>KEY_DOWN</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_HOME</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_END</STRONG>,
<STRONG>KEY_NPAGE</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_PPAGE</STRONG>, and function keys 1 through 12. The
Ins key is usually mapped to <STRONG>KEY_IC</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
- The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
- dard, Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only.
- The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure,
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+ The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+ dard, Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only.
+ The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure,
but specifies no error conditions.
- The echo behavior of these functions on input of <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> or
- backspace characters was not specified in the SVr4 docu-
+ The echo behavior of these functions on input of <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> or
+ backspace characters was not specified in the SVr4 docu-
mentation. This description is adopted from the XSI Curs-
es standard.
- The behavior of <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and friends in the presence of han-
- dled signals is unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
- documentation. Under historical curses implementations,
- it varied depending on whether the operating system's im-
- plementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a
- <STRONG>read(2)</STRONG> call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
- mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or non-
+ The behavior of <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and friends in the presence of han-
+ dled signals is unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+ documentation. Under historical curses implementations,
+ it varied depending on whether the operating system's im-
+ plementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a
+ <STRONG>read(2)</STRONG> call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+ mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or non-
blocking mode has been set.
<STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> is mentioned in XSI Curses, along with a few re-
lated terminfo capabilities, but no higher-level functions
- use the feature. The implementation in ncurses is an ex-
+ use the feature. The implementation in ncurses is an ex-
tension.
- <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is an extension first implemented for ncurses.
+ <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is an extension first implemented for ncurses.
NetBSD curses later added this extension.
Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
- for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does not in-
- terrupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; (b) signal receipt interrupts <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and
- causes it to return ERR with <STRONG>errno</STRONG> set to <STRONG>EINTR</STRONG>. Under
- the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation, handled signals never inter-
+ for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does not in-
+ terrupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; (b) signal receipt interrupts <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and
+ causes it to return ERR with <STRONG>errno</STRONG> set to <STRONG>EINTR</STRONG>. Under
+ the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation, handled signals never inter-
rupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>.
- The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> function is unique to <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. We recommend
- that any code using it be conditionalized on the <STRONG>NCURS-</STRONG>
+ The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> function is unique to <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. We recommend
+ that any code using it be conditionalized on the <STRONG>NCURS-</STRONG>
<STRONG>ES_VERSION</STRONG> feature macro.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">sizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
- Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
+ Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG> - accept character strings from
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>getstr</STRONG> is equivalent to a series of calls to
<STRONG>getch</STRONG>, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
terminating character is not included in the returned
vious character (typically a left motion).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
upon successful completion.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. They read single-byte characters only. The
standard does not define any error conditions. This im-
present but not documented in SVr4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor
and window coordinates
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> macro places the current cursor position of the
given window in the two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The return values of these macros are undefined (i.e.,
they should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
ment statements).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All of these interfaces are macros. A "<STRONG>&</STRONG>" is not neces-
sary before the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> macros are
described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
<STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>in_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wch</STRONG> - extract a complex
character and rendition from a window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wch(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions extract the complex character and rendi-
tion from the current position in the named window into
the <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> object referenced by wcval.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
No errors are defined in the XSI Curses standard. This
implementation checks for null pointers, returns ERR in
that case. Also, the <EM>mv</EM> routines check for error moving
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all of these routines may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>in_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG> -
get an array of complex characters and renditions from a
curses window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wchstr(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM>, int <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions return an array of complex characters in
<EM>wchstr</EM>, starting at the current cursor position in the
named window. Attributes (rendition) are stored with the
<STRONG>str</STRONG> fill the array with at most <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> elements.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
Reading a line that overflows the array pointed to by <EM>wch-</EM>
recommended.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Upon successful completion, these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses defines no error conditions. This imple-
mentation checks for null pointers, returning ERR in that
case.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
Functions: <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>inch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinch</STRONG> - get a character and
attributes from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>inch(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return the character, of type <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, at
the current position in the named window. If any
attributes are set for that position, their values are
to extract the character or attributes alone.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Attributes">Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Attributes">Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters
returned by <STRONG>winch</STRONG>.
<STRONG>A_COLOR</STRONG> Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
ment using <STRONG>wmove</STRONG>, and return an error if the position is
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all of these routines may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>inchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>inchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinchstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvinchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchnstr</STRONG> - get a string of
characters (and attributes) from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
the <EM>chstr</EM> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>].
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion
(the number of characters retrieved, exclusive of the
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
SVr4 does not document whether the result string is zero-
terminated; it does not document whether a length limit
the meaning of the return value.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. It is no more specific than the SVr4 documenta-
tion on the trailing 0. It does specify that the success-
ful return of the functions is <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> -
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen initialization and manipulation routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*initscr(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>delscreen(SCREEN*</STRONG> <EM>sp</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-initscr">initscr</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-initscr">initscr</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG> is normally the first <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine to call when
initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes
need to be called before it; these are <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>,
<STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-newterm">newterm</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-newterm">newterm</a></H3><PRE>
A program that outputs to more than one terminal should
use the <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> routine for each terminal instead of
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG>. A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
If the <EM>type</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>, <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG> will be used.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-endwin">endwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-endwin">endwin</a></H3><PRE>
The program must also call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> for each terminal being
used before exiting from <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. If <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called
more than once for the same terminal, the first terminal
es the program to resume visual mode.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-isendwin">isendwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-isendwin">isendwin</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG> routine returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> has been
called without any subsequent calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>
otherwise.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-set_term">set_term</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-set_term">set_term</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>set_term</STRONG> routine is used to switch between different
terminals. The screen reference <STRONG>new</STRONG> becomes the new cur-
rent terminal. The previous terminal is returned by the
rent terminal.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-delscreen">delscreen</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-delscreen">delscreen</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> routine frees storage associated with the
<STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> data structure. The <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> routine does not do
this, so <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> should be called after <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if a par-
ticular <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> is no longer needed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon
successful completion.
<STRONG>o</STRONG> <STRONG>set_term</STRONG> returns no error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions were described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. As of 2015, the current document is X/Open Curs-
es, Issue 7.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Differences">Differences</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Differences">Differences</a></H3><PRE>
X/Open specifies that portable applications must not call
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG> more than once:
the return value of <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> in XSI Curses.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Unset-TERM-Variable">Unset TERM Variable</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Unset-TERM-Variable">Unset TERM Variable</a></H3><PRE>
If the TERM variable is missing or empty, <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> uses the
value "unknown", which normally corresponds to a terminal
entry with the <EM>generic</EM> (<EM>gn</EM>) capability. Generic entries
ly.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Signal-Handlers">Signal Handlers</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Signal-Handlers">Signal Handlers</a></H3><PRE>
Quoting from X/Open Curses, section 3.1.1:
<EM>Curses</EM> <EM>implementations</EM> <EM>may</EM> <EM>provide</EM> <EM>for</EM> <EM>special</EM> <EM>han-</EM>
<STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, and update other data such as <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>,
<STRONG>keypad</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>raw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noraw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>,
<STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input
options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>typeahead(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fd);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library provides several functions which let
an application change the way input from the terminal is
handled. Some are global, applying to all windows. Oth-
the same behavior is needed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-cbreak">cbreak</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-cbreak">cbreak</a></H3><PRE>
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a
newline or carriage return is typed. The <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> routine
disables line buffering and erase/kill character-process-
these routines interact with <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.]
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-echo_noecho">echo/noecho</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-echo_noecho">echo/noecho</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> routines control whether characters
typed by the user are echoed by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> as they are typed.
Echoing by the tty driver is always disabled, but initial-
interact with <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>.]
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-halfdelay">halfdelay</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-halfdelay">halfdelay</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG> routine is used for half-delay mode, which
is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode in that characters typed by the
user are immediately available to the program. However,
half-delay mode.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-intrflush">intrflush</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-intrflush">intrflush</a></H3><PRE>
If the <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG> option is enabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), and an
interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt,
break, quit), all output in the tty driver queue will be
nored.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-keypad">keypad</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-keypad">keypad</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
nal. If enabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the user can press a func-
tion key (such as an arrow key) and <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> returns a sin-
keypad is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-meta">meta</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-meta">meta</a></H3><PRE>
Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
bits on input depends on the control mode of the tty driv-
er [see <STRONG>termio(7)</STRONG>]. To force 8 bits to be returned, in-
<STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>) is called.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-nodelay">nodelay</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-nodelay">nodelay</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG> option causes <STRONG>getch</STRONG> to be a non-blocking call.
If no input is ready, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. If disabled (<EM>bf</EM>
is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>getch</STRONG> waits until a key is pressed.
typed by a user.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-raw_noraw">raw/noraw</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-raw_noraw">raw/noraw</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>raw</STRONG> and <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> routines place the terminal into or out
of raw mode. Raw mode is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode, in that
characters typed are immediately passed through to the us-
bits in the tty driver that are not set by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-noqiflush">noqiflush</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-noqiflush">noqiflush</a></H3><PRE>
When the <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG> routine is used, normal flush of input
and output queues associated with the <STRONG>INTR</STRONG>, <STRONG>QUIT</STRONG> and <STRONG>SUSP</STRONG>
characters will not be done [see <STRONG>termio(7)</STRONG>]. When <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>
the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-timeout_wtimeout">timeout/wtimeout</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-timeout_wtimeout">timeout/wtimeout</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>timeout</STRONG> and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG> routines set blocking or non-
blocking read for a given window. If <EM>delay</EM> is negative,
blocking read is used (i.e., waits indefinitely for in-
<EM>lay</EM> milliseconds (where <EM>delay</EM> is positive).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-typeahead">typeahead</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-typeahead">typeahead</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library does "line-breakout optimization" by
looking for typeahead periodically while updating the
screen. If input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
typeahead checking is done.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
the range 1..255.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
used.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>node-</STRONG>
<STRONG>lay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>
may be macros.
recommended.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>termio(7)</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>ins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wch</STRONG> - insert a com-
plex character and rendition into a window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
#include <curses.h>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines, insert the complex character <EM>wch</EM> with ren-
dition before the character under the cursor. All charac-
ters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
change the cursor position.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
If successful, these functions return OK. If not, they
return ERR.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-ERRORS">ERRORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-ERRORS">ERRORS</a></H2><PRE>
No errors are defined.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>ins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvins_wstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr</STRONG> - insert a wide-
character string into a curses window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr);</EM>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines insert a <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string (as many
characters as will fit on the line) before the character
under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cur-
ter.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all but wins_nwstr may be macros.
If the first character in the string is a nonspacing char-
trol character.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Upon successful completion, these functions return OK.
Otherwise, they return ERR.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> - insert a character
before cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insch(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines insert the character <EM>ch</EM> before the charac-
ter under the cursor. All characters to the right of the
cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possi-
tion.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware
insert character feature.
Note that <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>insstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsnstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvwinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsnstr</STRONG> - insert string before cursor in a
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines insert a character string (as many charac-
ters as will fit on the line) before the character under
the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are
Special characters are handled as in <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all but <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
inconsistency.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>instr</STRONG>, <STRONG>innstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin-</STRONG>
<STRONG>str</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnstr</STRONG> - get a string of characters from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>instr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
<STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return a string of characters in <EM>str</EM>,
extracted starting at the current cursor position in the
named window. Attributes are stripped from the charac-
(exclusive of the trailing NUL).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All of the functions return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, or the num-
ber of characters actually read into the string.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
SVr4 does not document whether a length limit includes or
excludes the trailing NUL.
return the string ending at the right margin.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>inwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnwstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mvwinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnwstr</STRONG> - get a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters
from a curses window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inwstr(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters in
<EM>wstr</EM>, extracted starting at the current cursor position in
the named window. Attributes are stripped from the char-
character, an error is generated.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. Upon successful com-
pletion, the *<STRONG>inwstr</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, and the *<STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>
routines return the number of characters read into the
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>,
<STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>resetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>,
<STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>napms</STRONG> - low-level <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>napms(int</STRONG> <EM>ms</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The following routines give low-level access to various
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities. These routines typically are used
inside library routines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-def_prog_mode_-def_shell_mode">def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-def_prog_mode_-def_shell_mode">def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG> routines save the
current terminal modes as the "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or
"shell" (not in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state for use by the <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
each screen context allocated by <STRONG>newterm()</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-reset_prog_mode_-reset_shell_mode">reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-reset_prog_mode_-reset_shell_mode">reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines restore
the terminal to "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or "shell" (out of
<STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state. These are done automatically by <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
not called.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-resetty_-savetty">resetty, savetty</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-resetty_-savetty">resetty, savetty</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> and <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> routines save and restore the
state of the terminal modes. <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> saves the current
state in a buffer and <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> restores the state to what
it was at the last call to <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-getsyx">getsyx</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-getsyx">getsyx</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> routine returns the current coordinates of the
virtual screen cursor in <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>. If <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is currently
<STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, then <STRONG>-1</STRONG>,<STRONG>-1</STRONG> is returned. If lines have been removed
as arguments for <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-setsyx">setsyx</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-setsyx">setsyx</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen cursor to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>.
If <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> are both <STRONG>-1</STRONG>, then <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is set. The two rou-
tines <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> are designed to be used by a li-
<STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-ripoffline">ripoffline</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-ripoffline">ripoffline</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> routine provides access to the same facili-
ty that <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>] uses to reduce the
size of the screen. <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> must be called before
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-curs_set">curs_set</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-curs_set">curs_set</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> routine sets the cursor state to invisible,
normal, or very visible for <STRONG>visibility</STRONG> equal to <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG>
respectively. If the terminal supports the <EM>visibility</EM> re-
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-napms">napms</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-napms">napms</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>napms</STRONG> routine is used to sleep for <EM>ms</EM> milliseconds.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, these routines always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
<STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> returns the previous cursor state, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the
lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS = 5).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&</STRONG> is not necessary before
the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
to restore that.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described in the
XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as
described in XSI Curses.
macros with no documented semantics for the return value.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
curs_legacy - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor and window coordinates,
attributes
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getattrs(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getpary(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>getbegy</STRONG> and <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
<STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>.
<STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These functions return an integer, or ERR if the window
parameter is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
All of these interfaces are provided as macros and func-
tions. The macros are suppressed (and only the functions
provided) when <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG> is defined. The standard
the WINDOW structure.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions were supported on Version 7, BSD or System
V implementations.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>_nc_freeall</STRONG> <STRONG>_nc_free_and_exit</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> memory-leak
checking
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_nc_freeall(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_nc_free_and_exit(int);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are used to simplify analysis of memory
leaks in the ncurses library. They are normally not
available; they must be configured into the library at
code to pass to the exit routine.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These functions do not return a value.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are not part of the XSI interface.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>has_mouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>, <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG>,
<STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG>, <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> - mouse interface
through curses
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>long</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t;</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mouseinterval(int</STRONG> <EM>erval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>. Mouse events are represented by <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>
pseudo-key values in the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> input stream.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-mousemask">mousemask</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-mousemask">mousemask</a></H3><PRE>
To make mouse events visible, use the <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> function.
This will set the mouse events to be reported. By de-
fault, no mouse events are reported. The function will
Whether this happens is device-dependent.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Mouse-events">Mouse events</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Mouse-events">Mouse events</a></H3><PRE>
Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
<EM>Name</EM> <EM>Description</EM>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-getmouse">getmouse</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-getmouse">getmouse</a></H3><PRE>
Once a class of mouse events has been made visible in a
window, calling the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> function on that window may re-
turn <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> as an indicator that a mouse event has been
next older item from the queue.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-ungetmouse">ungetmouse</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-ungetmouse">ungetmouse</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> function behaves analogously to <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>.
It pushes a <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> event onto the input queue, and as-
sociates with that event the given state data and screen-
relative character-cell coordinates.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-wenclose">wenclose</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wenclose">wenclose</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> function tests whether a given pair of
screen-relative character-cell coordinates is enclosed by
a given window, returning <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if it is and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> other-
screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-wmouse_trafo">wmouse_trafo</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wmouse_trafo">wmouse_trafo</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG> function transforms a given pair of coor-
dinates from stdscr-relative coordinates to coordinates
relative to the given window or vice versa. The resulting
nates if the transformation was successful.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-mouse_trafo">mouse_trafo</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-mouse_trafo">mouse_trafo</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG> function performs the same translation as
<STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, using stdscr for <STRONG>win</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-mouseinterval">mouseinterval</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-mouseinterval">mouseinterval</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> function sets the maximum time (in thou-
sands of a second) that can elapse between press and re-
lease events for them to be recognized as a click. Use
default is one sixth of a second.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-has_mouse">has_mouse</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-has_mouse">has_mouse</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>has_mouse</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the mouse driver
has been successfully initialized.
<STRONG>str</STRONG> that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> and <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
ure or <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon successful completion:
<STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> depending on their test result.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These calls were designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and are not
found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
version of curses.
ton-releases.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled by <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>.
Instead, the xterm mouse report sequence will appear in
events.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>move</STRONG>, <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> - move <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wmove(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines move the cursor associated with the window
to line <EM>y</EM> and column <EM>x</EM>. This routine does not move the
physical cursor of the terminal until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is called.
corner of the window, which is (0,0).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
ful completion.
is null, or if the position is outside the window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>move</STRONG> may be a macro.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>is_cleared</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_keypad</STRONG>,
<STRONG>is_leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_pad</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>,
<STRONG>is_subwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_syncok</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetparent</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetscrreg</STRONG> -
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> window properties
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_cleared(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetscrreg(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*bottom);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This implementation provides functions which return prop-
erties set in the WINDOW structure, allowing it to be
"opaque" if the symbol <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG> is defined:
margin as set in <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These functions all return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, except as noted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_win-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">dow(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> output options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clearok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <EM>bf</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nonl(void);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines set options that change the style of output
within <STRONG>curses</STRONG>. All options are initially <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, unless
otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these op-
tions off before calling <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-clearok">clearok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-clearok">clearok</a></H3><PRE>
If <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as argument, the next call
to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with this window will clear the screen com-
pletely and redraw the entire screen from scratch. This
screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-idlok">idlok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-idlok">idlok</a></H3><PRE>
If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
terminals so equipped. Calling <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second
lines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-idcok">idcok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-idcok">idcok</a></H3><PRE>
If <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second argument, <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
acter feature of terminals so equipped. Use of character
tion and deletion.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-immedok">immedok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-immedok">immedok</a></H3><PRE>
If <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> <STRONG>as</STRONG> <STRONG>argument</STRONG>, any change in
the window image, such as the ones caused by <STRONG>waddch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wclr-</STRONG>
<STRONG>tobot,</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG>, etc., automatically cause a call to <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
fault.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-leaveok">leaveok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-leaveok">leaveok</a></H3><PRE>
Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of
the window cursor being refreshed. The <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> option al-
lows the cursor to be left wherever the update happens to
is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-setscrreg">setscrreg</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-setscrreg">setscrreg</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> routines allow the applica-
tion programmer to set a software scrolling region in a
window. The <EM>top</EM> and <EM>bot</EM> parameters are the line numbers
will probably be used by the output routines.)
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-scrollok">scrollok</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-scrollok">scrollok</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> option controls what happens when the cursor
of a window is moved off the edge of the window or
scrolling region, either as a result of a newline action
call <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-nl_-nonl">nl, nonl</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-nl_-nonl">nl, nonl</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>nl</STRONG> and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> routines control whether the underlying
display device translates the return key into newline on
input, and whether it translates newline into return and
the return key.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The functions <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon suc-
cess and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. All other routines that return
an integer always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4.
not. Use <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> to make the cursor invisible.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> and
<STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> may be macros.
terminal emulators.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>overlay</STRONG>, <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG>, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> - overlay and manipulate
overlapped <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>srcwin</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>dstwin</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>dmaxcol</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>overlay</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-overlay_-overwrite">overlay, overwrite</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-overlay_-overwrite">overlay, overwrite</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines overlay <EM>srcwin</EM> on top
of <EM>dstwin</EM>. <EM>scrwin</EM> and <EM>dstwin</EM> are not required to be the
same size; only text where the two windows overlap is
(blanks are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-copywin">copywin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-copywin">copywin</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity of con-
trol over the <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines. As in the
<STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
then copying is non-destructive, as in <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
the window would be placed off-screen.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
(adding the const qualifiers). It further specifies their
behavior in the presence of characters with multibyte ren-
ditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>newpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>subpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>,
<STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG> - create and display <STRONG>curses</STRONG> pads
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newpad(int</STRONG> <EM>nlines</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>ncols</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pecho_wchar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>pad</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-newpad">newpad</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-newpad">newpad</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>newpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a new
pad data structure with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>,
and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. A pad is like a window, except that
to be used for the display.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-subpad">subpad</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-subpad">subpad</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>subpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
window within a pad with the given number of lines,
<EM>nlines</EM>, and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>. Unlike <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, which uses
fore calling <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-prefresh_-pnoutrefresh">prefresh, pnoutrefresh</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-prefresh_-pnoutrefresh">prefresh, pnoutrefresh</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines are analogous to
<STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> except that they relate to pads
instead of windows. The additional parameters are needed
<EM>col</EM>, <EM>sminrow</EM>, or <EM>smincol</EM> are treated as if they were zero.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-pechochar">pechochar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-pechochar">pechochar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> routine is functionally equivalent to a call
to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>
followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, or a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> fol-
arguments to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-pecho_wchar">pecho_wchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-pecho_wchar">pecho_wchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG> function is the analogous wide-character
form of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>. It outputs one character to a pad and
immediately refreshes the pad. It does this by a call to
<STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
turns an error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> may be a macro.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_add-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">ch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> - ship binary data to printer
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mcprint(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*data,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>len);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This function uses the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> or <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities,
if they are present, to ship given data to a printer
attached to the terminal.
sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
aborted for some reason. In this case, errno will contain
either an error associated with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
actually sent to the printer.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is not
found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
version of curses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not be
interpreted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG>
- print formatted output in <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>printw(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
<STRONG>glist);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG> routines are
analogous to <STRONG>printf</STRONG> [see <STRONG>printf(3)</STRONG>]. In effect, the
string that would be output by <STRONG>printf</STRONG> is output instead as
<STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions. The function <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG> using the
is included in <STRONG><curses.h</STRONG>>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>printf(3)</STRONG>, <STRONG>vprintf(3)</STRONG>
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.15 2010/12/04 18:38:55 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.16 2016/01/30 15:52:36 tom Exp @
-->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
<HTML>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> - refresh <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows and lines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>refresh(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wredrawln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beg_line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>num_lines);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-refresh_wrefresh">refresh/wrefresh</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> routines (or <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and
<STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>) must be called to get actual output to the ter-
minal, as other routines merely manipulate data struc-
minal is left at the location of the cursor for that win-
dow.
+
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wnoutrefresh_doupdate">wnoutrefresh/doupdate</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> routines allow multiple up-
dates with more efficiency than <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> alone. In addi-
tion to all the window structures, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> keeps two data
see the section on <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> below for a warning about
exploiting this behavior.)
+
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wredrawln_redrawwin">wredrawln/redrawwin</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG> routine indicates to <STRONG>curses</STRONG> that some screen
lines are corrupted and should be thrown away before any-
thing is written over them. It touches the indicated
touches the entire window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
plementation
- <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>
- returns an error if the window pointer is
- null, or if the window is really a pad.
+ <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the window pointer is null, or
+ if the window is really a pad.
- <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>
- returns an error if the associated call to
- <STRONG>touchln</STRONG> returns an error.
+ <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>
+ returns an error if the associated call to <STRONG>touchln</STRONG>
+ returns an error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
antee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
<ul>
<li><a href="#h2-NAME">NAME</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></li>
-<li><a href="#h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></li>
+<li><a href="#h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#h3-refresh_wrefresh">refresh/wrefresh</a></li>
+<li><a href="#h3-wnoutrefresh_doupdate">wnoutrefresh/doupdate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#h3-wredrawln_redrawwin">wredrawln/redrawwin</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
<li><a href="#h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></li>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> - con-
vert formatted input from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scanw(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> routines are analogous to
<STRONG>scanf</STRONG> [see <STRONG>scanf(3)</STRONG>]. The effect of these routines is as
though <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG> were called on the window, and the result-
ments, as defined in <STRONG><stdarg.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure and an integer equal to the
number of fields scanned on success.
outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions. The function <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
and is to be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> using the
something was processed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>scanf(3)</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> - read (write) a
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen from (to) a file
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_dump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> routine dumps the current contents of the
virtual screen to the file <EM>filename</EM>.
and <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routines [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>].
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
upon success.
opened.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG> may be
macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
tions (adding the const qualifiers).
is old" but do not define "old".
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>system(3)</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>scroll</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> - scroll a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scroll(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> routine scrolls the window up one line. This
involves moving the lines in the window data structure.
As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
<STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only
specifies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
ful completion.
e.g., with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> may be macros.
The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
plementation it is.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_wset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>,
<STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>,
<STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_set</STRONG>,
routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_init(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_wset(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals
that do not have soft labels, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> takes over the bottom
line of the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
ful completion.
be allocated.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Most applications would use <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> because a <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
<STRONG>fresh</STRONG> is likely to follow soon.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
tions. It changes the argument type of the attribute-ma-
nipulation functions <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>
cific to ncurses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
curs_sp_funcs - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen-pointer extension
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int,</STRONG> <STRONG>int);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs_sp(SCREEN*,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int,</STRONG> <STRONG>NCURSES_SP_OUTC);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This implementation can be configured to provide a set of
functions which improve the ability to manage multiple
screens. This feature can be added to any of the configu-
without changing the meaning of any of the existing ones.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-IMPROVED-FUNCTIONS">IMPROVED FUNCTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-IMPROVED-FUNCTIONS">IMPROVED FUNCTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
Most of the functions are new versions of existing func-
tions. A parameter is added at the front of the parameter
list. It is a SCREEN pointer.
which must be modified to update multiple screens.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NEW-FUNCTIONS">NEW FUNCTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NEW-FUNCTIONS">NEW FUNCTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
Here are the new functions:
ceiling_panel
initialization.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
This extension introduces some new names:
NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
stream, e.g., <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
tensions be conditioned using <EM>NCURSES</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>SP</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>FUNCS</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>baudrate</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasewchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_il</STRONG>, <STRONG>killchar</STRONG>,
<STRONG>killwchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>longname</STRONG>, <STRONG>term_attrs</STRONG>, <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG>, <STRONG>termname</STRONG> -
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> environment query routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>baudrate(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*termname(void);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-baudrate">baudrate</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-baudrate">baudrate</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG> routine returns the output speed of the ter-
minal. The number returned is in bits per second, for
example <STRONG>9600</STRONG>, and is an integer.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-erasechar_-erasewchar">erasechar, erasewchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-erasechar_-erasewchar">erasechar, erasewchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current erase
character.
erenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-has_is_-has_il">has_is, has_il</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-has_is_-has_il">has_is, has_il</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
delete- character capabilities.
<STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-killchar_-killwchar">killchar, killwchar</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-killchar_-killwchar">killchar, killwchar</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>killchar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current line kill
character.
location referenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-longname">longname</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-longname">longname</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> routine returns a pointer to a static area
containing a verbose description of the current terminal.
The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
used with multiple terminals.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-termattrs_-term_attrs">termattrs, term_attrs</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-termattrs_-term_attrs">termattrs, term_attrs</a></H3><PRE>
If a given terminal does not support a video attribute
that an application program is trying to use, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> may
substitute a different video attribute for it. The <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
appearance of the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-termname">termname</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-termname">termname</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>termname</STRONG> routine returns the terminal name used by
<STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>termname</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> may be a macro.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions. It changes the return type of <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> to the new
type <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>. Most versions of curses truncate the result
returned by <STRONG>termname</STRONG> to 14 characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>PC</STRONG>, <STRONG>UP</STRONG>, <STRONG>BC</STRONG>, <STRONG>ospeed</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>,
<STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> - direct <STRONG>curses</STRONG> interface to the terminfo
capability database
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>affcnt,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(int));</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are included as a conversion aid for pro-
grams that use the <EM>termcap</EM> library. Their parameters are
the same and the routines are emulated using the <EM>terminfo</EM>
compiled.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-INITIALIZATION">INITIALIZATION</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-INITIALIZATION">INITIALIZATION</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> routine loads the entry for <EM>name</EM>. It returns:
1 on success,
terminal description has cursor-addressing.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-CAPABILITY-VALUES">CAPABILITY VALUES</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-CAPABILITY-VALUES">CAPABILITY VALUES</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG> routine gets the boolean entry for <EM>id</EM>, or ze-
ro if it is not available.
<STRONG>flag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> are compared in lookups.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-FORMATTING-CAPABILITIES">FORMATTING CAPABILITIES</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-FORMATTING-CAPABILITIES">FORMATTING CAPABILITIES</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> routine instantiates the parameters into the
given capability. The output from this routine is to be
passed to <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>.
cap or terminfo name.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-GLOBAL-VARIABLES">GLOBAL VARIABLES</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-GLOBAL-VARIABLES">GLOBAL VARIABLES</a></H3><PRE>
The variables <STRONG>PC</STRONG>, <STRONG>UP</STRONG> and <STRONG>BC</STRONG> are set by <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> to the ter-
minfo entry's data for <STRONG>pad_char</STRONG>, <STRONG>cursor_up</STRONG> and
<STRONG>backspace_if_not_bs</STRONG>, respectively. <STRONG>UP</STRONG> is not used by
minal speed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except where explicitly noted, routines that return an in-
teger return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies
"an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful comple-
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
If you call <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> to fetch <STRONG>ca</STRONG> or any other parameterized
string, be aware that it will be returned in terminfo no-
tation, not the older and not-quite-compatible termcap no-
modate termcap's limitation in this respect.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions. However, they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
be removed in future versions.
longer than two characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term_variables.3x.html">term_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>putc(3)</STRONG>.
http://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>, <STRONG>putp</STRONG>, <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG>,
<STRONG>setterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tiparm</STRONG>,
<STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> -
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> interfaces to terminfo database
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tiparm(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These low-level routines must be called by programs that
have to deal directly with the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to handle
certain terminal capabilities, such as programming func-
are more suitable and their use is recommended.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Initialization">Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Initialization">Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
Initially, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> should be called. Note that <STRONG>se-</STRONG>
<STRONG>tupterm</STRONG> is automatically called by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
This defines the set of terminal-dependent variables
not recommended for new programs.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-The-Terminal-State">The Terminal State</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-The-Terminal-State">The Terminal State</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine stores its information about the
terminal in a <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> structure pointed to by the global
variable <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>. If it detects an error, or decides
bits.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Formatting-Output">Formatting Output</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Formatting-Output">Formatting Output</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> routine instantiates the string <EM>str</EM> with parame-
ters <EM>pi</EM>. A pointer is returned to the result of <EM>str</EM> with
the parameters applied.
ters are integers (int) rather than longs.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Output-Functions">Output Functions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Output-Functions">Output Functions</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> routine applies padding information to the
string <EM>str</EM> and outputs it. The <EM>str</EM> must be a terminfo
string variable or the return value from <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>,
fresh).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Capability-Functions">Terminal Capability Functions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Capability-Functions">Terminal Capability Functions</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routines return the
value of the capability corresponding to the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <EM>cap-</EM>
<EM>name</EM> passed to them, such as <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>. The <EM>capname</EM> for each
scription.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Capability-Names">Terminal Capability Names</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Capability-Names">Terminal Capability Names</a></H3><PRE>
These null-terminated arrays contain the short terminfo
names ("codes"), the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> names, and the long terminfo
names ("fnames") for each of the predefined <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> vari-
<STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*strnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strfnames[]</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted
the output function <EM>putc</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
X/Open notes that <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> may be macros.
The function <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> is not described by X/Open and must
<STRONG>tic</STRONG> <STRONG>-x</STRONG>, are not stored in the arrays described here.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_term-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">cap(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term_variables.3x.html">term_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>putc(3)</STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>curs_threads</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> thread support
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG>
<STRONG>*data);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This implementation can be configured to provide rudimen-
tary support for multi-threaded applications. This makes
a different set of libraries, e.g., <EM>libncursest</EM> since the
supplied function to the application.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-USAGE">USAGE</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-USAGE">USAGE</a></H3><PRE>
All of the ncurses library functions assume that the lo-
cale is not altered during operation. In addition, they
use data which is maintained within a hierarchy of scopes.
wvline_set window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These functions all return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, except as noted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>touchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>touchline</STRONG>, <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>,
<STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> refresh control routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
<STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_wintouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> and <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> routines throw away all opti-
mization information about which parts of the window have
been touched, by pretending that the entire window has
the given window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descrip-
window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
<STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> may be macros.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>_tracef</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracedump</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr2</STRONG>,
<STRONG>_nc_tracebits</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracecchar_t</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracecchar_t2</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechar</STRONG>,
<STRONG>_tracechtype</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechtype2</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracemouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>trace</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
debugging routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_tracef(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>format</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>trace(const</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>param</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>trace</STRONG> routines are used for debugging the ncurses li-
braries, as well as applications which use the ncurses li-
braries. These functions are normally available only with
tent, use_env, use_extended_names, use_tioctl
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines which return a value are designed to be used as
parameters to the <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG> routine.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These functions are not part of the XSI interface. Some
other curses implementations are known to have similar,
undocumented features, but they are not compatible with
ncurses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>delay_output</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>, <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>key_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>,
<STRONG>nofilter</STRONG>, <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_tioctl</STRONG>, <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> -
miscellaneous <STRONG>curses</STRONG> utility routines
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*unctrl(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flushinp(void);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-unctrl">unctrl</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-unctrl">unctrl</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> routine returns a character string which is a
printable representation of the character <EM>c</EM>, ignoring at-
tributes. Control characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> no-
of a wide character.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-keyname_key_name">keyname/key_name</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-keyname_key_name">keyname/key_name</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> routine returns a character string correspond-
ing to the key <EM>c</EM>:
ter.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-filter_nofilter">filter/nofilter</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-filter_nofilter">filter/nofilter</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine, if used, must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>
or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called. The effect is that, during those
calls, <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> is set to 1; the capabilities <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>cup</STRONG>,
modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-use_env">use_env</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-use_env">use_env</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> routine, if used, should be called before
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called (because those compute the
screen size). It modifies the way <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> treats environ-
environment variables,
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-use_tioctl">use_tioctl</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-use_tioctl">use_tioctl</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>use_tioctl</STRONG> routine, if used, should be called before
<STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> are called (because those compute the
screen size). After <STRONG>use_tioctl</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as an
to determine size.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-putwin_getwin">putwin/getwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-putwin_getwin">putwin/getwin</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routine writes all data associated with window
(or pad) <EM>win</EM> into the file to which <EM>filep</EM> points. This
information can be later retrieved using the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> func-
will not be colored when the window is refreshed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-delay_output">delay_output</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-delay_output">delay_output</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG> routine inserts an <EM>ms</EM> millisecond pause
in output. This routine should not be used extensively
because padding characters are used rather than a CPU
<STRONG>napms</STRONG> to perform the delay.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-flushinp">flushinp</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-flushinp">flushinp</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG> routine throws away any typeahead that has
been typed by the user and has not yet been read by the
program.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, routines that return an integer re-
turn <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an in-
teger value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
return an error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-filter">filter</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-filter">filter</a></H3><PRE>
The SVr4 documentation describes the action of <STRONG>filter</STRONG> only
in the vaguest terms. The description here is adapted
from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously fails to
describe the disabling of <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-keyname">keyname</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-keyname">keyname</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> function may return the names of user-defined
string capabilities which are defined in the terminfo en-
try via the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>. This implementation auto-
brary.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-nofilter_use_tioctl">nofilter/use_tioctl</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-nofilter_use_tioctl">nofilter/use_tioctl</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG> and <STRONG>use_tioctl</STRONG> routines are specific to
ncurses. They were not supported on Version 7, BSD or
System V implementations. It is recommended that any code
NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-putwin_getwin">putwin/getwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-putwin_getwin">putwin/getwin</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> and <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> functions have several issues with
portability:
may not be successful.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-unctrl_wunctrl">unctrl/wunctrl</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-unctrl_wunctrl">unctrl/wunctrl</a></H3><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions. It states that <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> will return a
null pointer if unsuccessful, but does not define any er-
"M-^A", etc.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_ker-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">nel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>lega-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">cy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>, <STRONG>COLS</STRONG>, <STRONG>ESCDELAY</STRONG>, <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>, <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>,
<STRONG>curscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>newscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> global variables
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS;</STRONG>
<STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>stdscr;</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This page summarizes variables provided by the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> li-
brary. A more complete description is given in the <STRONG>curs-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">es(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page.
them as read-only to avoid confusing the library.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-COLOR_PAIRS">COLOR_PAIRS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-COLOR_PAIRS">COLOR_PAIRS</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing curses, this variable contains the num-
ber of color pairs which the terminal can support. Usual-
ly the number of color pairs will be the product <STRONG>COL-</STRONG>
sented in a <EM>signed</EM> <EM>short</EM> value.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-COLORS">COLORS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-COLORS">COLORS</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing curses, this variable contains the num-
ber of colors which the terminal can support.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-COLS">COLS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-COLS">COLS</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing curses, this variable contains the
width of the screen, i.e., the number of columns.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-ESCDELAY">ESCDELAY</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-ESCDELAY">ESCDELAY</a></H3><PRE>
This variable holds the number of milliseconds to wait af-
ter reading an escape character, to distinguish between an
individual escape character entered on the keyboard from
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-LINES">LINES</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-LINES">LINES</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing curses, this variable contains the
height of the screen, i.e., the number of lines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TABSIZE">TABSIZE</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TABSIZE">TABSIZE</a></H3><PRE>
This variable holds the number of columns used by the
<EM>curses</EM> library when converting a tab character to spaces
as it adds the tab to a window (see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-The-Current-Screen">The Current Screen</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-The-Current-Screen">The Current Screen</a></H3><PRE>
This implementation of curses uses a special window <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>
to record its updates to the terminal screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-The-New-Screen">The New Screen</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-The-New-Screen">The New Screen</a></H3><PRE>
This implementation of curses uses a special window <STRONG>newscr</STRONG>
to hold updates to the terminal screen before applying
them to <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-The-Standard-Screen">The Standard Screen</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-The-Standard-Screen">The Standard Screen</a></H3><PRE>
Upon initializing curses, a default window called <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>,
which is the size of the terminal screen, is created.
Many curses functions use this window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The curses library is initialized using either
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, or <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
library.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
ESCDELAY and TABSIZE are extensions, not provided in most
other implementations of curses.
ed to override the value, or rely upon its default value.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term_variables.3x.html">term_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>newwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>derwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG>,
<STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
windows
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newwin(</STRONG>
<STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncdown(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-newwin">newwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-newwin">newwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>newwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
dow with the given number of lines and columns. The upper
left-hand corner of the window is at
<STRONG>newwin(0,0,0,0)</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-delwin">delwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-delwin">delwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> deletes the named window, freeing all memo-
ry associated with it (it does not actually erase the win-
dow's screen image). Subwindows must be deleted before
the main window can be deleted.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-mvwin">mvwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-mvwin">mvwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG> moves the window so that the upper left-hand
corner is at position (<EM>x</EM>, <EM>y</EM>). If the move would cause the
window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
avoided.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-subwin">subwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-subwin">subwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>subwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
dow with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>, and columns,
<EM>ncols</EM>. The window is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>) on
the subwindow.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-derwin">derwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-derwin">derwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>derwin</STRONG> is the same as calling <STRONG>subwin,</STRONG> except that
<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM> are relative to the origin of the win-
dow <EM>orig</EM> rather than the screen. There is no difference
physical position on the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-dupwin">dupwin</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-dupwin">dupwin</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG> creates an exact duplicate of the window
<EM>win</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-wsyncup">wsyncup</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wsyncup">wsyncup</a></H3><PRE>
Calling <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> touches all locations in ancestors of <EM>win</EM>
that are changed in <EM>win</EM>. If <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> is called with second
argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> then <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> is called automatically whenev-
er there is a change in the window.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-wsyncdown">wsyncdown</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wsyncdown">wsyncdown</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> routine touches each location in <EM>win</EM> that
has been touched in any of its ancestor windows. This
routine is called by <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, so it should almost never
be necessary to call it manually.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-wcursyncup">wcursyncup</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-wcursyncup">wcursyncup</a></H3><PRE>
The routine <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG> updates the current cursor position
of all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
cursor position of the window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> up-
on failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
been initialized, i.e., with <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
If many small changes are made to the window, the <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>
option could degrade performance.
Note that <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> may be a macro.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
The subwindow functions (<EM>subwin</EM>, <EM>derwin</EM>, <EM>mvderwin</EM>, <STRONG>wsyn-</STRONG>
<STRONG>cup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>) are flaky, incomplete-
ly implemented, and not well tested.
may result in slower updates.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_vari-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">ables(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG>, <STRONG>assume_default_colors</STRONG> - use terminal's
default colors
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_default_colors(void);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>assume_default_colors(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fg,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bg);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> and <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> func-
tions are extensions to the curses library. They are used
with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
black background for color pair 0.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success. They will fail if either the terminal does
not support the <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> or <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors</EM> capability. If
an error as well.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
Associated with this extension, the <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> function
accepts negative arguments to specify default foreground
or background colors.
setting specific values.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>ded(1)</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for
color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>define_key</STRONG> - define a keycode
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>define_key(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
application to define keycodes with their corresponding
control strings, so that the ncurses library will inter-
definition is removed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The keycode must be greater than zero, and the string non-
null, otherwise ERR is returned. ERR may also be returned
if there is insufficient memory to allocate the data to
returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form</STRONG> - curses extension for programming forms
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
for composing form screens on character-cell terminals.
The library includes: field routines, which create and
called before using any of these functions.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Current-Default-Values-for-Field-Attributes">Current Default Values for Field Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Current-Default-Values-for-Field-Attributes">Current Default Values for Field Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library maintains a default value for field
attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
the appropriate <STRONG>set_</STRONG> or retrieval routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
rendering of fields already created.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
The following table lists each <STRONG>form</STRONG> routine and the name
of the manual page on which it is described.
unpost_form <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error, and
set errno to the corresponding error-code returned by
functions returning an integer. Routines that return an
The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
using most linkers).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG> - position a form window cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
position required for the forms driver to continue pro-
cessing requests. This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
form operation.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
This routine returns one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG>, <STRONG>data_behind</STRONG> - test for off-screen data in
given forms
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or
FALSE (0).
FALSE (0).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_driver_w</STRONG> - command-processing loop of
the form system
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>form_driver(FORM</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>form</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>c</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>form_driver_w(FORM</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>form</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>c</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-form_driver">form_driver</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-form_driver">form_driver</a></H3><PRE>
Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
input events to it through <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
three major input cases:
an mouse event.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-form_driver_w">form_driver_w</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-form_driver_w">form_driver_w</a></H3><PRE>
This extension simplifies the use of the forms library
using wide characters. The input is either a key code (a
request) or a wide character returned by <STRONG><A HREF="get_wch.3x.html">get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>. The
request.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Form-driver-requests">Form-driver requests</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Form-driver-requests">Form-driver requests</a></H3><PRE>
The form driver requests are as follows:
<EM>Name</EM> <EM>Description</EM>
that request is executed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Mouse-handling">Mouse handling</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Mouse-handling">Mouse handling</a></H3><PRE>
If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special key, the
associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
pre-defined requests. Currently only clicks in the user
<STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Application-defined-commands">Application-defined commands</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Application-defined-commands">Application-defined commands</a></H3><PRE>
If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
above pre-defined form requests, the driver assumes it is
an application-specific command and returns <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COM-</STRONG>
defined requests.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> returns one of the following error codes:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form_variables.3x.html">form_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_field</STRONG> - make and break connections between fields and
forms
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> changes the field pointer
array of the given <EM>form</EM>. The array must be terminated by
a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
<STRONG>field_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_field_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for
form fields
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_field_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
of <EM>field</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the field
contents. The function <STRONG>field_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground
form's pad character. The default is a blank.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_field_buffer</STRONG> - field buffer control
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char
int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_field_buffer</STRONG> sets the numbered buffer of
the given field to contain a given string:
size threshold for that field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> function returns NULL on error. It sets
errno according to their success:
ment.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file
<STRONG>fer</STRONG> to return the same buffer. <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>dynamic_field_info</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> - retrieve field character-
istics
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
*cols, int *max);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> returns the sizes and other
attributes passed in to the field at its creation time.
The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
turning off the <STRONG>O_STATIC</STRONG> option with <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
ment.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> - retrieve field characteris-
tics
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
int field_just(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> sets the justification
attribute of a field; <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns a field's justi-
fication attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
ment.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>new_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>link_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> - create and
destroy form fields
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
int toprow, int leftcol,
int free_field(FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_field</STRONG> allocates a new field and initial-
izes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of
upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number
with a field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function, <STRONG>new_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
on error. They set errno according to their success:
field is connected.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
what does not.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_opts_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG>
- set and get field options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG> sets all the given field's
option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed
together).
which is normally discarded.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the
following:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>. <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG>, <STRONG>field_userptr</STRONG> - associate application
data with a form field
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void*userptr);
void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every form field has a field that can be used to hold
application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code
leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>field_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
The function <STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_field_validation</STRONG> - data type validation for fields
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> declares a data type for a
given form field. This is the type checked by validation
functions. The predefined types are as follows:
types. See the <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The functions <STRONG>field_type</STRONG> and <STRONG>field_arg</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on
error. The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> returns one of the fol-
lowing:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form_variables.3x.html">form_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_fieldtype</STRONG> - define validation-field types
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
FIELDTYPE *type2);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type usable
for data validation. You supply it with <EM>field</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a
predicate to check the validity of an entered data string
arguments.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error. They
set errno according to their success:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
for strict compatibility with System V.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
tions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
be called at various points in the automatic processing of
input event codes by <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>.
any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
routines return one of the following:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>new_form</STRONG>, <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> - create and destroy forms
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
int free_form(FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> creates a new form connected to a
specified field pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
nated).
array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
errno according to the function's success:
The form has already been posted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG>, <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> - form pagination functions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> sets or resets a flag marking
the given field as the beginning of a new page on its
form.
given field marks a page beginning on its form.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> return one of the following:
The given field is already connected to a form.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_opts_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_opts_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> -
set and get form options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG> sets all the given form's
option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed
together).
the previous field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
lowing:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_page</STRONG> - set and get form page number
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
int field_index(const FIELD *field);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_current</STRONG> <STRONG>field</STRONG> sets the current field of
the given form; <STRONG>current_field</STRONG> returns the current field of
the given form.
not connected.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>form_page</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
lowing:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>post_form</STRONG>, <STRONG>unpost_form</STRONG> - write or erase forms from associ-
ated subwindows
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int post_form(FORM *form);
int unpost_form(FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>post_form</STRONG> displays a form to its associated
subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
subwindow.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> - handle printable
form request names
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
const char *form_request_name(int request);
int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
of a form request code.
The function <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
<STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error. It does
not set errno.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG>, <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> - associate application
data with a form item
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every form and every form item has a field that can be
used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
the form user pointer field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
The function <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>TYPE_ALNUM</STRONG>, <STRONG>TYPE_ALPHA</STRONG>, <STRONG>TYPE_ENUM</STRONG>, <STRONG>TYPE_INTEGER</STRONG>,
<STRONG>TYPE_IPV4</STRONG>, <STRONG>TYPE_NUMERIC</STRONG>, <STRONG>TYPE_REGEXP</STRONG> - form system global
variables
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>FIELDTYPE</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>TYPE_ALNUM;</STRONG>
<STRONG>FIELDTYPE</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>TYPE_REGEXP;</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These are building blocks for the form library, defining
fields that can be created using <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>. Each
provides functions for field- and character-validation,
according to the given datatype.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ALNUM">TYPE_ALNUM</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ALNUM">TYPE_ALNUM</a></H3><PRE>
This holds alphanumeric data.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ALPHA">TYPE_ALPHA</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ALPHA">TYPE_ALPHA</a></H3><PRE>
This holds alphabetic data.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ENUM">TYPE_ENUM</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_ENUM">TYPE_ENUM</a></H3><PRE>
This holds an enumerated type.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_INTEGER">TYPE_INTEGER</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_INTEGER">TYPE_INTEGER</a></H3><PRE>
This holds a decimal integer.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_IPV4">TYPE_IPV4</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_IPV4">TYPE_IPV4</a></H3><PRE>
This holds an IPv4 internet address, e.g., "127.0.0.1".
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_NUMERIC">TYPE_NUMERIC</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_NUMERIC">TYPE_NUMERIC</a></H3><PRE>
This holds a decimal number, with optional sign and deci-
mal point.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TYPE_REGEXP">TYPE_REGEXP</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TYPE_REGEXP">TYPE_REGEXP</a></H3><PRE>
This holds a regular expression.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>TYPE_IPV4</STRONG> variable is an extension not provided by
older implementations of the form library.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>form_win</STRONG> - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
ciations
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
form window displays any title and border associated with
the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the
for the subwindow of <EM>form</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
tines that return an integer return one of the following
error codes:
No items are connected to the form.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><form.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> - compare or print out <EM>terminfo</EM> descriptions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> [<STRONG>-1CDEFGIKLTUVcdegilnpqrtux</STRONG>]
[<STRONG>-v</STRONG> <EM>n</EM>] [<STRONG>-s</STRONG> <STRONG>d</STRONG>| <STRONG>i</STRONG>| <STRONG>l</STRONG>| <STRONG>c</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-Q</STRONG> <EM>n</EM>] [<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <STRONG>subset</STRONG>]
[<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-A</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>] [<STRONG>-B</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>]
[<EM>termname</EM>...]
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> can be used to compare a binary <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry
with other terminfo entries, rewrite a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> descrip-
tion to take advantage of the <STRONG>use=</STRONG> terminfo field, or
fields, followed by the string fields.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Default-Options">Default Options</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Default-Options">Default Options</a></H3><PRE>
If no options are specified and zero or one <EM>termnames</EM> are
specified, the <STRONG>-I</STRONG> option will be assumed. If more than
one <EM>termname</EM> is specified, the <STRONG>-d</STRONG> option will be assumed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Comparison-Options-_-d_-_-c_-_-n_">Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Comparison-Options-_-d_-_-c_-_-n_">Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> compares the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> description of the first
terminal <EM>termname</EM> with each of the descriptions given by
the entries for the other terminal's <EM>termnames</EM>. If a
anything was left out of a description.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Source-Listing-Options-_-I_-_-L_-_-C_-_-r_">Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Source-Listing-Options-_-I_-_-L_-_-C_-_-r_">Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>-I</STRONG>, <STRONG>-L</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-C</STRONG> options will produce a source listing
for each terminal named.
<STRONG>%p2</STRONG> is printed before <STRONG>%p1</STRONG> <STRONG>%r</STRONG> hp
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Use_-Option-_-u_">Use= Option [-u]</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Use_-Option-_-u_">Use= Option [-u]</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>-u</STRONG> option produces a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> source description of
the first terminal <EM>termname</EM> which is relative to the sum
of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
ated by different people.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Other-Options">Other Options</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Other-Options">Other Options</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>-0</STRONG> causes the fields to be printed on one line, without
wrapping.
can be loaded using the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description data-
base.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>-0</STRONG>, <STRONG>-1</STRONG>, <STRONG>-E</STRONG>, <STRONG>-F</STRONG>, <STRONG>-G</STRONG>, <STRONG>-R</STRONG>, <STRONG>-T</STRONG>, <STRONG>-V</STRONG>, <STRONG>-a</STRONG>, <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-f</STRONG>, <STRONG>-g</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>,
<STRONG>-l</STRONG>, <STRONG>-p</STRONG>, <STRONG>-q</STRONG> and <STRONG>-t</STRONG> options are not supported in SVr4
curses.
<STRONG>-RBSD</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-BUGS">BUGS</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>-F</STRONG> option of <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> should be a <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG> mode.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
http://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> - convert a <EM>terminfo</EM> description into a <EM>termcap</EM>
description
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> looks in each given text <EM>file</EM> for <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
descriptions. For each terminfo description found, an
equivalent <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> description is written to standard out-
<STRONG>-w</STRONG> change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo Compiled terminal description data-
base.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
This utility is actually a link to <EM>tic</EM>, running in <EM>-C</EM>
mode. You can use other <EM>tic</EM> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>key_defined</STRONG> - check if a keycode is defined
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>key_defined(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
application to determine if a string is currently bound to
any keycode.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
If the string is bound to a keycode, its value (greater
than zero) is returned. If no keycode is bound, zero is
returned. If the string conflicts with longer strings
which are bound to keys, -1 is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>keybound</STRONG> - return definition of keycode
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>keybound(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
application to determine the string which is defined in
the terminfo for specific keycodes.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The <EM>keycode</EM> parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL
is returned. If it does not correspond to a defined key,
then NULL is returned. The <EM>count</EM> parameter is used to
returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>keyok</STRONG> - enable or disable a keycode
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keyok(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use
the <EM>keypad</EM> function to disable all keycodes. Keys that
have been disabled can be re-enabled.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The keycode must be greater than zero, else ERR is
returned. If it does not correspond to a defined key,
then ERR is returned. If the <EM>enable</EM> parameter is true,
Otherwise, the function returns OK.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> - use terminal's default colors
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_legacy_coding(int</STRONG> <STRONG>level);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>legacy</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>coding()</EM> function is an extension to the
curses library. It allows the caller to change the result
of <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, and suppress related checks within the library
is.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
If the screen has not been initialized, or the <EM>level</EM>
parameter is out of range, the function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>. Oth-
erwise, it returns the previous level: <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG> or <STRONG>2</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
This routine is specific to ncurses. It was not supported
on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is rec-
ommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions be
conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey (to support lynx's font-switching feature).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu</STRONG> - curses extension for programming menus
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals.
The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
library, link with the options <STRONG>-lmenu</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Current-Default-Values-for-Item-Attributes">Current Default Values for Item Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Current-Default-Values-for-Item-Attributes">Current Default Values for Item Attributes</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library maintains a default value for item
attributes. You can get or set this default by calling
the appropriate <STRONG>get_</STRONG> or <STRONG>set_</STRONG> routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> item
rendering of items already created.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
The following table lists each <STRONG>menu</STRONG> routine and the name
of the manual page on which it is described.
unpost_menu <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
tines that return an integer return one of the following
error codes:
The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><eti.h></STRONG>.
error).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_back</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_grey</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_pad</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_menu_back</STRONG>,
<STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_menu_grey</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_menu_pad</STRONG> - color and
attribute control for menus
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the highlight used for selected menu
items. <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG> returns the foreground attribute. The
The default is a blank.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
ment.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG> - position a menu's cursor
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG> restores the cursor to the
current position associated with the menu's selected item.
This is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have been called to
do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
This routine returns one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
The menu has not been posted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the menu system
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
input events to it through <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>. This routine has
three major input cases:
requests, the corresponding action is performed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-MOUSE-HANDLING">MOUSE HANDLING</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-MOUSE-HANDLING">MOUSE HANDLING</a></H3><PRE>
If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special key, the
associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
pre-defined requests. Currently only clicks in the user
<STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-APPLICATION-DEFINED-COMMANDS">APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-APPLICATION-DEFINED-COMMANDS">APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS</a></H3><PRE>
If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
above pre-defined menu requests or KEY_MOUSE, the drive
assumes it is an application-specific command and returns
these pre-defined requests.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> return one of the following error codes:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
The menu driver could not process the request.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
files <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions. The sup-
port for mouse events is ncurses specific.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> - set and get menu sizes
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> sets the maximum display size
of the given menu. If this size is too small to display
all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this
<STRONG>rows</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines returns one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
No items are connected to the menu.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
tions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to
be called at various points in the automatic processing of
input event codes by <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>.
menu term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Other
routines return one of the following:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> - make and break
connections between items and menus
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
int item_count(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> changes the item pointer array
of the given <EM>menu</EM>. The array must be terminated by a
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
<EM>menu</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
<STRONG>item_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> - get and set the menu mark
string
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
In order to make menu selections visible on older termi-
nals without highlighting or color capability, the menu
library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is none).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>new_menu</STRONG>, <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> - create and destroy menus
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
int free_menu(MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> creates a new menu connected to a
specified item pointer array (which must be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
nated).
array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
errno according to the function's failure:
The menu has already been posted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_opts_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> -
set and get menu options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> sets all the given menu's
option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
together).
requests to the other end of the menu.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
lowing:
The menu is already posted.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> - set and get a menu's pat-
tern buffer
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As
input events that are printable characters come in, they
are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match,
the given <EM>menu</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns a pointer, which is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
if the <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>. Otherwise, it is a pointer
to a string which is empty if no pattern has been set. It
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>post_menu</STRONG>, <STRONG>unpost_menu</STRONG> - write or erase menus from associ-
ated subwindows
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int post_menu(MENU *menu);
int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> displays a menu to its associated
subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
use <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or some equivalent <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine (the
subwindow.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
No items are connected to the menu.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> - handle printable
menu request names
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
const char *menu_request_name(int request);
int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
of a menu request code.
The function <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno to
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
<STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error. It does
not set errno.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> - set and get spacing
between menu items.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
int spc_description,
int* spc_columns);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> sets the spacing information
for the menu. Its parameter <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> controls the
number of spaces between an item name and an item descrip-
simply not returned.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG>
may return <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG> if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGU-</STRONG>
<STRONG>MENT</STRONG> if one of the spacing values is out of range.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG>, <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> - associate application
data with a menu item
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be
used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
the menu user pointer field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
does not set errno.
<STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>menu_win</STRONG> - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
ciations
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
menu window displays any title and border associated with
the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the
for the subwindow of <EM>menu</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
tines that return an integer return one of the following
error codes:
No items are connected to the menu.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>mitem_current</STRONG> - set and get current_menu_item
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
int item_index(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> sets the current item (the
item on which the menu cursor is positioned). <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
<STRONG>rent_item</STRONG> returns a pointer to the current item in the
<EM>item</EM> in the menu's item pointer list.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>current_item</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
does not set errno.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>item_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> - get menu item name and
description fields
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>item_name</STRONG> returns the name part of the given
item.
The function <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> returns the description part
of the given item.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
These routines return a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). They
do not set errno.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>new_item</STRONG>, <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> - create and destroy menu items
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
int free_item(ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> allocates a new item and initializes
it from the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers. Please notice
that the item stores only the pointers to the name and
item.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
errno according to the function's failure:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_opts_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_opts_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG> -
set and get menu item options
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG> sets all the given item's
option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed
together).
cessing. This option defaults to on.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except for <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
lowing:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> - associate application
data with a menu item
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold
application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code
leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (possibly
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
The <STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG> always returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG>, <STRONG>item_value</STRONG> - set and get menu item values
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
If you turn off the menu option <STRONG>O_ONEVALUE</STRONG> (e.g., with
<STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> or <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>; see <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>), the
menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
lect it (second argument <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> returns one of the following:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
The menu driver could not process the request.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>mitem_visible</STRONG> - check visibility of a menu item
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG>
bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a
posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller
than the whole menu).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><menu.h></STRONG> automatically includes the header
file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> - CRT screen handling and optimization package
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library routines give the user a terminal-
independent method of updating character screens with rea-
sonable optimization. This implementation is "new curses"
(ncurses) and is the approved replacement for 4.4BSD clas-
sic curses, which has been discontinued. This describes
- <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library emulates the curses library of System
V Release 4 UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide)
access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Initialization">Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Initialization">Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
The library uses the locale which the calling program has
initialized. That is normally done with <STRONG>setlocale</STRONG>:
for doing this. [See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for further details.]
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Datatypes">Datatypes</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Datatypes">Datatypes</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library permits manipulation of data struc-
tures, called <EM>windows</EM>, which can be thought of as two-
dimensional arrays of characters representing all or part
<STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>, such as <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, and <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Environment-variables">Environment variables</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Environment-variables">Environment variables</a></H3><PRE>
If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set, or
if the program is executing in a window environment, line
and column information in the environment will override
<STRONG>curscr</STRONG> can be used in only a few routines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Routine-and-Argument-Names">Routine and Argument Names</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Routine-and-Argument-Names">Routine and Argument Names</a></H3><PRE>
Many <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have two or more versions. The rou-
tines prefixed with <STRONG>w</STRONG> require a window argument. The rou-
tines prefixed with <STRONG>p</STRONG> require a pad argument. Those with-
becomes <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Routine-Name-Index">Routine Name Index</a></H3><PRE>
The following table lists each <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine and the name
of the manual page on which it is described. Routines
flagged with `*' are ncurses-specific, not described by
wvline_set <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
and an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful com-
pletion, unless otherwise noted in the routine descrip-
Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-ENVIRONMENT">ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-ENVIRONMENT">ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
The following environment symbols are useful for customiz-
ing the runtime behavior of the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library. The most
important ones have been already discussed in detail.
it does not happen to be a single character.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-BAUDRATE">BAUDRATE</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-BAUDRATE">BAUDRATE</a></H3><PRE>
The debugging library checks this environment variable
when the application has redirected output to a file. The
variable's numeric value is used for the baudrate. If no
costs that depend on baudrate.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-COLUMNS">COLUMNS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-COLUMNS">COLUMNS</a></H3><PRE>
Specify the width of the screen in characters. Applica-
tions running in a windowing environment usually are able
to obtain the width of the window in which they are exe-
system calls or the terminal database.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-ESCDELAY">ESCDELAY</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-ESCDELAY">ESCDELAY</a></H3><PRE>
Specifies the total time, in milliseconds, for which
ncurses will await a character sequence, e.g., a function
key. The default value, 1000 milliseconds, is enough for
lems when compiling an application.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-HOME">HOME</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-HOME">HOME</a></H3><PRE>
Tells <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> where your home directory is. That is where
it may read and write auxiliary terminal descriptions:
$HOME/.terminfo
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-LINES">LINES</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-LINES">LINES</a></H3><PRE>
Like COLUMNS, specify the height of the screen in charac-
ters. See COLUMNS for a detailed description.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-MOUSE_BUTTONS_123">MOUSE_BUTTONS_123</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-MOUSE_BUTTONS_123">MOUSE_BUTTONS_123</a></H3><PRE>
This applies only to the OS/2 EMX port. It specifies the
order of buttons on the mouse. OS/2 numbers a 3-button
mouse inconsistently from other platforms:
or 321. If it is not specified, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses 132.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS">NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS">NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS</a></H3><PRE>
Override the compiled-in assumption that the terminal's
default colors are white-on-black (see <STRONG>default_col-</STRONG>
<STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">ors(3x)</A></STRONG>). You may set the foreground and background color
value is allowed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_CONSOLE2">NCURSES_CONSOLE2</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_CONSOLE2">NCURSES_CONSOLE2</a></H3><PRE>
This applies only to the MinGW port of ncurses.
The <STRONG>Console2</STRONG> program's handling of the Microsoft Console
same effect.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_GPM_TERMS">NCURSES_GPM_TERMS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_GPM_TERMS">NCURSES_GPM_TERMS</a></H3><PRE>
This applies only to ncurses configured to use the GPM
interface.
attempt to open GPM if TERM contains "linux".
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS">NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS">NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> may use tabs as part of the cursor movement opti-
mization. In some cases, your terminal driver may not
handle these properly. Set this environment variable to
environment variable.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_PADDING">NCURSES_NO_PADDING</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_PADDING">NCURSES_NO_PADDING</a></H3><PRE>
Most of the terminal descriptions in the terminfo database
are written for real "hardware" terminals. Many people
use terminal emulators which run in a windowing environ-
part of special control sequences such as <EM>flash</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_SETBUF">NCURSES_NO_SETBUF</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_SETBUF">NCURSES_NO_SETBUF</a></H3><PRE>
This setting is obsolete. Before changes
<STRONG>o</STRONG> started with 5.9 patch 20120825 and
level curses calls do not.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS">NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS">NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS</a></H3><PRE>
During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library checks for spe-
cial cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the corresponding
alternate character set capabilities) described in the
interface.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_TRACE">NCURSES_TRACE</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-NCURSES_TRACE">NCURSES_TRACE</a></H3><PRE>
During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> debugging library
checks the NCURSES_TRACE environment variable. If it is
defined, to a numeric value, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> calls the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> func-
See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG> for more information.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TERM">TERM</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TERM">TERM</a></H3><PRE>
Denotes your terminal type. Each terminal type is dis-
tinct, though many are similar.
match that setting.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TERMCAP">TERMCAP</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TERMCAP">TERMCAP</a></H3><PRE>
If the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library has been configured with <EM>termcap</EM>
support, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> will check for a terminal's description
in termcap form if it is not available in the terminfo
mation, e.g., /etc/termcap.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TERMINFO">TERMINFO</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TERMINFO">TERMINFO</a></H3><PRE>
Overrides the directory in which <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> searches for your
terminal description. This is the simplest, but not the
only way to change the list of directories. The complete
MINFO variable)
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TERMINFO_DIRS">TERMINFO_DIRS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TERMINFO_DIRS">TERMINFO_DIRS</a></H3><PRE>
Specifies a list of directories to search for terminal
descriptions. The list is separated by colons (i.e., ":")
on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.
of a termcap file.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-TERMPATH">TERMPATH</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-TERMPATH">TERMPATH</a></H3><PRE>
If TERMCAP does not hold a file name then <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> checks
the TERMPATH environment variable. This is a list of
filenames separated by spaces or colons (i.e., ":") on
$TERMINFO, $TERMINFO_DIRS, $TERMPATH, as well as $HOME.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-ALTERNATE-CONFIGURATIONS">ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-ALTERNATE-CONFIGURATIONS">ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS</a></H2><PRE>
Several different configurations are possible, depending
on the configure script options used when building
<STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>. There are a few main options whose effects are
ing it is always in the debug library.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/tabset
directory containing initialization files for the
terminal capability database /usr/share/terminfo ter-
minal capability database
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "curs_"
for detailed routine descriptions.
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library can be compiled with an option
(<STRONG>-DUSE_GETCAP</STRONG>) that falls back to the old-style /etc/term-
cap file if the terminal setup code cannot find a terminfo
device. See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library is intended to be BASE-level confor-
mant with XSI Curses. The EXTENDED XSI Curses functional-
ity (including color support) is supported.
package's portability correspondingly.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The header file <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG> automatically includes the
header files <STRONG><stdio.h></STRONG> and <STRONG><unctrl.h></STRONG>.
ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
panel - panel stack extension for curses
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><panel.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>cc</STRONG> <STRONG>[flags]</STRONG> <STRONG>sourcefiles</STRONG> <STRONG>-lpanel</STRONG> <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
Panels are <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> windows with the added feature of
depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows
and ensure the proper portions of each window and the
minfo curses does.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FUNCTIONS">FUNCTIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FUNCTIONS">FUNCTIONS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>new_panel(win)</STRONG>
allocates a <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure, associates it with
<STRONG>win</STRONG>, places the panel on the top of the stack
returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DIAGNOSTICS">DIAGNOSTICS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DIAGNOSTICS">DIAGNOSTICS</a></H2><PRE>
Each routine that returns a pointer returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if an
error occurs. Each routine that returns an int value
returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if it executes successfully and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if not.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
Reasonable care has been taken to ensure compatibility
with the native panel facility introduced in SVr3.2
(inspection of the SVr4 manual pages suggests the program-
libraries.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTE">NOTE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTE">NOTE</a></H2><PRE>
In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libn-
curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
not the other way around (which would usually give a link-
error).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
panel.h interface for the panels library
libpanel.a the panels library itself
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>,
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Originally written by Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-
park.ga.us>, primarily to assist in porting u386mon to
systems without a native panels library. Repackaged for
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG>, <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> - change the
curses terminal size
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_term_resized(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resizeterm(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It provides
callers with a hook into the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> data to resize win-
dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
terminal (e.g., xterm).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-resizeterm">resizeterm</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-resizeterm">resizeterm</a></H3><PRE>
The function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> resizes the standard and current
windows to the specified dimensions, and adjusts other
bookkeeping data used by the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library that record
ables.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-resize_term">resize_term</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-resize_term">resize_term</a></H3><PRE>
Most of the work is done by the inner function
<STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>. The outer function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> adds bookkeep-
ing for the SIGWINCH handler. When resizing the windows,
tional interaction with the application.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-is_term_resized">is_term_resized</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-is_term_resized">is_term_resized</a></H3><PRE>
A support function <STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG> is provided so that
applications can check if the <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> function would
modify the window structures. It returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the win-
dows would be modified, and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> otherwise.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
Except as noted, these functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success. They will fail if either
of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero, or if an
error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
While these functions are intended to be used to support a
signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
to avoid invoking them in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>real-</STRONG>
WINCH is received, no screen size change may be recorded.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
It is possible to resize the screen with SVr4 curses, by
<STRONG>o</STRONG> exiting curses with <STRONG><A HREF="endwin.3x.html">endwin(3x)</A></STRONG> and
was adopted in NetBSD curses (2001) and PDCurses (2003).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_variables.3x.html">curs_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
for BSD curses).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tabs</STRONG> - set tabs on a terminal
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tabs</STRONG> [<EM>options</EM>]] <EM>[tabstop-list]</EM>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tabs</STRONG> program clears and sets tab-stops on the termi-
nal. This uses the terminfo <EM>clear</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>all</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>tabs</EM> and <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>tab</EM>
capabilities. If either is absent, <STRONG>tabs</STRONG> is unable to
stty tab0
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-General-Options">General Options</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-General-Options">General Options</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>name</EM>
Tell <STRONG>tabs</STRONG> which terminal type to use. If this option
is not given, <STRONG>tabs</STRONG> will use the <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG> environment
the one that determines the list to be processed.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Implicit-Lists">Implicit Lists</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Implicit-Lists">Implicit Lists</a></H3><PRE>
Use a single number as an option, e.g., "<STRONG>-5</STRONG>" to set tabs
at the given interval (in this case 1, 6, 11, 16, 21,
etc.). Tabs are repeated up to the right margin of the
Use "<STRONG>-8</STRONG>" to set tabs to the standard interval.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Explicit-Lists">Explicit Lists</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Explicit-Lists">Explicit Lists</a></H3><PRE>
An explicit list can be defined after the options (this
does not use a "-"). The values in the list must be in
increasing numeric order, and greater than zero. They are
which is equivalent to the 1,6,11,16,21 example.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Predefined-Tab-Stops">Predefined Tab-Stops</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Predefined-Tab-Stops">Predefined Tab-Stops</a></H3><PRE>
X/Open defines several predefined lists of tab stops.
<STRONG>-a</STRONG> Assembler, IBM S/370, first format
<STRONG>-u</STRONG> UNIVAC 1100 Assembler
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
X/Open describes a <STRONG>+m</STRONG> option, to set a terminal's left-
margin. Very few of the entries in the terminal database
provide this capability.
be that long.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
term - format of compiled term file.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>term</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-STORAGE-LOCATION">STORAGE LOCATION</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-STORAGE-LOCATION">STORAGE LOCATION</a></H3><PRE>
Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the direc-
tory <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>. Two configurations are sup-
ported (when building the ncurses libraries):
existing directory, and hashed database otherwise.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-STORAGE-FORMAT">STORAGE FORMAT</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-STORAGE-FORMAT">STORAGE FORMAT</a></H3><PRE>
The format has been chosen so that it will be the same on
all hardware. An 8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no
assumptions about byte ordering or sign extension are
section. Each string is null terminated.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-EXTENDED-STORAGE-FORMAT">EXTENDED STORAGE FORMAT</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-EXTENDED-STORAGE-FORMAT">EXTENDED STORAGE FORMAT</a></H3><PRE>
The previous section describes the conventional terminfo
binary format. With some minor variations of the offsets
(see PORTABILITY), the same binary format is used in all
e.g., booleans, then numbers and finally strings.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
Note that it is possible for <EM>setupterm</EM> to expect a differ-
ent set of capabilities than are actually present in the
file. Either the database may have been updated since
sion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXAMPLE">EXAMPLE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXAMPLE">EXAMPLE</a></H2><PRE>
As an example, here is a hex dump of the description for
the Lear-Siegler ADM-3, a popular though rather stupid
early terminal:
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-LIMITS">LIMITS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-LIMITS">LIMITS</a></H2><PRE>
Some limitations: total compiled entries cannot exceed
4096 bytes. The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo/*/* compiled terminal capability data
base
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas E. Dickey
extended terminfo format for ncurses 5.0
hashed database support for ncurses 5.6
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
term - conventions for naming terminal types
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> should normally contain the
type name of the terminal, console or display-device type
you are using. This information is critical for all
environment variable when no -T option is specified.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes,
names and aliases should be unique within the first 14
characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo/?/*
compiled terminal capability data base
tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes)
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>SP</STRONG>, <STRONG>acs_map</STRONG>, <STRONG>boolcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>boolfnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>boolnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>,
<STRONG>numcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>numfnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>numnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>strcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>strfnames</STRONG>,
<STRONG>strnames</STRONG>, <STRONG>ttytype</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminfo global variables
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><term.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>NCURSES_CONST</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>strnames;</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This page summarizes variables provided by the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> li-
brary's low-level terminfo interface. A more complete de-
scription is given in the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page.
ing the library.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Alternate-Character-Set-Mapping">Alternate Character Set Mapping</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Alternate-Character-Set-Mapping">Alternate Character Set Mapping</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the
<STRONG>acs_map</STRONG> array holds information used to translate cells
with the <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG> video attribute into line-drawing
private variable.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Current-Terminal-Data">Current Terminal Data</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Current-Terminal-Data">Current Terminal Data</a></H3><PRE>
After initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the
<STRONG>cur_term</STRONG> contains data describing the current terminal.
This variable is also set as a side-effect of <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
from <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> or <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> to reuse in <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Terminfo-Names">Terminfo Names</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Terminfo-Names">Terminfo Names</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> programs use lookup tables for
the long and short names of terminfo capabilities, as well
as the corresponding names for termcap capabilities.
scriptions: <STRONG>boolcodes</STRONG>, <STRONG>numcodes</STRONG>, and <STRONG>strcodes</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Type">Terminal Type</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Terminal-Type">Terminal Type</a></H3><PRE>
On initialization of the curses or terminfo interfaces,
<STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> copies the terminal name to the array <STRONG>ttytype</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Terminfo-Names">Terminfo Names</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Terminfo-Names">Terminfo Names</a></H3><PRE>
In addition to the variables, <STRONG><term.h></STRONG> also defines a sym-
bol for each terminfo capability <EM>long</EM> <EM>name</EM>. These are in
terms of the symbol <STRONG>CUR</STRONG>, which is defined
fo capabilities than using <STRONG><A HREF="tigetstr.3x.html">tigetstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, etc.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The low-level terminfo interface is initialized using
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>. The upper-level curses interface uses the
low-level terminfo interface, internally.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
X/Open Curses does not describe any of these except for
<STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>. (The inclusion of <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG> appears to be an
oversight, since other comparable low-level information is
variable.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
terminfo - terminal capability data base
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo/*/*
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
<EM>Terminfo</EM> is a data base describing terminals, used by
screen-oriented programs such as <STRONG>nvi(1)</STRONG>, <STRONG>rogue(1)</STRONG> and
libraries such as <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>. <EM>Terminfo</EM> describes termi-
nals by giving a set of capabilities which they have, by
specifying how to perform screen operations, and by speci-
fying padding requirements and initialization sequences.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
Entries in <EM>terminfo</EM> consist of a sequence of `,' separated
fields (embedded commas may be escaped with a backslash or
manual page.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Predefined-Capabilities">Predefined Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Predefined-Capabilities">Predefined Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
The following is a complete table of the capabilities
included in a terminfo description block and available to
terminfo-using code. In each line of the table,
termcap).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-User-Defined-Capabilities">User-Defined Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-User-Defined-Capabilities">User-Defined Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
The preceding section listed the <EM>predefined</EM> capabilities.
They deal with some special features for terminals no
longer (or possibly never) produced. Occasionally there
available using terminfo.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-A-Sample-Entry">A Sample Entry</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-A-Sample-Entry">A Sample Entry</a></H3><PRE>
The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal,
is representative of what a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry for a modern
terminal typically looks like.
be used to perform particular terminal operations.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Types-of-Capabilities">Types of Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Types-of-Capabilities">Types of Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
All capabilities have names. For instance, the fact that
ANSI-standard terminals have <EM>automatic</EM> <EM>margins</EM> (i.e., an
automatic return and line-feed when the end of a line is
example, see the second <STRONG>ind</STRONG> in the example above.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Fetching-Compiled-Descriptions">Fetching Compiled Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Fetching-Compiled-Descriptions">Fetching Compiled Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library searches for terminal descriptions in
several places. It uses only the first description found.
The library has a compiled-in list of places to search
(the compiled-in default).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Preparing-Descriptions">Preparing Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Preparing-Descriptions">Preparing Descriptions</a></H3><PRE>
We now outline how to prepare descriptions of terminals.
The most effective way to prepare a terminal description
is by imitating the description of a similar terminal in
acter.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Basic-Capabilities">Basic Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Basic-Capabilities">Basic Capabilities</a></H3><PRE>
The number of columns on each line for the terminal is
given by the <STRONG>cols</STRONG> numeric capability. If the terminal is
a CRT, then the number of lines on the screen is given by
ind=^J, lines#24,
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Parameterized-Strings">Parameterized Strings</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Parameterized-Strings">Parameterized Strings</a></H3><PRE>
Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters
in the terminal are described by a parameterized string
capability, with <EM>printf</EM>-like escapes such as <EM>%x</EM> in it.
More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Cursor-Motions">Cursor Motions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Cursor-Motions">Cursor Motions</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very
upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as
<STRONG>home</STRONG>; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-
<STRONG>rmcup</STRONG>), specify <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Area-Clears">Area Clears</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Area-Clears">Area Clears</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal can clear from the current position to the
end of the line, leaving the cursor where it is, this
should be given as <STRONG>el</STRONG>. If the terminal can clear from the
number of lines, if a true <STRONG>ed</STRONG> is not available.)
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Insert_delete-line-and-vertical-motions">Insert/delete line and vertical motions</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Insert_delete-line-and-vertical-motions">Insert/delete line and vertical motions</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line
where the cursor is, this should be given as <STRONG>il1</STRONG>; this is
done only from the first position of a line. The cursor
bring down non-blank lines.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Insert_Delete-Character">Insert/Delete Character</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Insert_Delete-Character">Insert/Delete Character</a></H3><PRE>
There are two basic kinds of intelligent terminals with
respect to insert/delete character which can be described
using <EM>terminfo.</EM> The most common insert/delete character
with one parameter.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Highlighting_-Underlining_-and-Visible-Bells">Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Highlighting_-Underlining_-and-Visible-Bells">Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells</a></H3><PRE>
If your terminal has one or more kinds of display
attributes, these can be represented in a number of dif-
ferent ways. You should choose one display form as <EM>stand-</EM>
giving <STRONG>eo</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Keypad-and-Function-Keys">Keypad and Function Keys</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Keypad-and-Function-Keys">Keypad and Function Keys</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the
keys are pressed, this information can be given. Note
that it is not possible to handle terminals where the key-
visible.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Tabs-and-Initialization">Tabs and Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Tabs-and-Initialization">Tabs and Initialization</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to advance
to the next tab stop can be given as <STRONG>ht</STRONG> (usually control
I). A "back-tab" command which moves leftward to the pre-
<STRONG>if</STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Delays-and-Padding">Delays and Padding</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Delays-and-Padding">Delays and Padding</a></H3><PRE>
Many older and slower terminals do not support either
XON/XOFF or DTR handshaking, including hard copy terminals
and some very archaic CRTs (including, for example, DEC
first character of the <STRONG>pad</STRONG> string is used.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Status-Lines">Status Lines</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Status-Lines">Status Lines</a></H3><PRE>
Some terminals have an extra "status line" which is not
normally used by software (and thus not counted in the
terminal's <STRONG>lines</STRONG> capability).
become important.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Line-Graphics">Line Graphics</a></H3><PRE>
Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for
forms-drawing. Terminfo and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> build in support for
the drawing characters supported by the VT100, with some
ACSC string.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Color-Handling">Color Handling</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Color-Handling">Color Handling</a></H3><PRE>
Most color terminals are either "Tektronix-like" or "HP-
like". Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of
N colors (where N usually 8), and can set character-cell
and optimizes the output in favor of colors.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Miscellaneous">Miscellaneous</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Miscellaneous">Miscellaneous</a></H3><PRE>
If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) charac-
ter as a pad, then this can be given as pad. Only the
first character of the pad string is used. If the termi-
printer while an <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> is in effect.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Glitches-and-Braindamage">Glitches and Braindamage</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Glitches-and-Braindamage">Glitches and Braindamage</a></H3><PRE>
Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow "~" characters to
be displayed should indicate <STRONG>hz</STRONG>.
adding more capabilities of the form <STRONG>x</STRONG><EM>x</EM>.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Similar-Terminals">Similar Terminals</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Similar-Terminals">Similar Terminals</a></H3><PRE>
If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant)
can be defined as being just like the other (the base)
with certain exceptions. In the definition of the vari-
modes for a terminal, or for different user preferences.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Pitfalls-of-Long-Entries">Pitfalls of Long Entries</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Pitfalls-of-Long-Entries">Pitfalls of Long Entries</a></H3><PRE>
Long terminfo entries are unlikely to be a problem; to
date, no entry has even approached terminfo's 4096-byte
string-table maximum. Unfortunately, the termcap transla-
lengths.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-Binary-Compatibility">Binary Compatibility</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-Binary-Compatibility">Binary Compatibility</a></H3><PRE>
It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo
entries between commercial UNIX versions. The problem is
that there are at least two versions of terminfo (under
and XSI Curses extensions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
Searching for terminal descriptions in <STRONG>$HOME/.terminfo</STRONG> and
TERMINFO_DIRS is not supported by older implementations.
<STRONG>OSF</STRONG> -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/usr/share/terminfo/?/* files containing terminal
descriptions
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>printf(3)</STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
<STRONG><A HREF="term_variables.3x.html">term_variables(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></H2><PRE>
Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tic</STRONG> - the <EM>terminfo</EM> entry-description compiler
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tic</STRONG> [<STRONG>-01CDGIKLNTUVacfgqrstx</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>names</EM>] [<STRONG>-o</STRONG> <EM>dir</EM>] [<STRONG>-Q</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]]
[<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <EM>subset</EM>] [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] <EM>file</EM>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tic</STRONG> command translates a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> file from source
format into compiled format. The compiled format is nec-
essary for use with the library routines in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
<STRONG>o</STRONG> the system terminfo database (<EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>).
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>-0</STRONG> restricts the output to a single line
<STRONG>-1</STRONG> restricts the output to a single column
keys.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-PARAMETERS">PARAMETERS</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-PARAMETERS">PARAMETERS</a></H3><PRE>
<EM>file</EM> contains one or more <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> terminal descriptions
in source format [see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>]. Each descrip-
tion in the file describes the capabilities of a
path of a character-device.
-</PRE>
-<H3><a name="h3-PROCESSING">PROCESSING</a></H3><PRE>
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-PROCESSING">PROCESSING</a></H3><PRE>
All but one of the capabilities recognized by <STRONG>tic</STRONG> are doc-
umented in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>. The exception is the <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabil-
ity.
printed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
There is some evidence that historic <STRONG>tic</STRONG> implementations
treated description fields with no whitespace in them as
additional aliases or short names. This <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does not do
treated that way and check them for dangerous characters.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXTENSIONS">EXTENSIONS</a></H2><PRE>
Unlike the SVr4 <STRONG>tic</STRONG> command, this implementation can actu-
ally compile termcap sources. In fact, entries in ter-
minfo and termcap syntax can be mixed in a single source
itly set to it.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
Compiled terminal description database.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>. <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>toe</STRONG> - table of (terminfo) entries
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>toe</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-ahsuUV</STRONG>] <EM>file...</EM>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
With no options, <STRONG>toe</STRONG> lists all available terminal types by
primary name with descriptions. File arguments specify
the directories to be scanned; if no such arguments are
this program, and exits.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
Compiled terminal description database.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset</STRONG> - initialize a terminal or query terminfo
database
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <EM>capname</EM> [<EM>parms</EM> ... ]
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>init</STRONG>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>reset</STRONG>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-V</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tput</STRONG> utility uses the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to make the
values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information
available to the shell (see <STRONG>sh(1)</STRONG>), to initialize or reset
has similar behavior.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG>
Initialize the terminal according to the type of ter-
minal in the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>. This com-
exclamation mark (<STRONG>!</STRONG>) on a line by itself.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>
compiled terminal description database
tion of <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-EXIT-CODES">EXIT CODES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-EXIT-CODES">EXIT CODES</a></H2><PRE>
If the <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option is used, <STRONG>tput</STRONG> checks for errors from each
line, and if any errors are found, will set the exit code
to 4 plus the number of lines with errors. If no errors
TICS section.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DIAGNOSTICS">DIAGNOSTICS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DIAGNOSTICS">DIAGNOSTICS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tput</STRONG> prints the following error messages and sets the cor-
responding exit codes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>-S</STRONG> options, and the parameter-substitu-
tion features used in the <STRONG>cup</STRONG> example, are not supported
in BSD curses or in AT&T/USL curses before SVr4.
ing only digits is intended to be a number.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>stty(1)</STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tabs.1.html">tabs(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2011,2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2013,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: tset.1,v 1.29 2013/12/21 22:15:53 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: tset.1,v 1.31 2016/01/30 15:41:41 tom Exp @
-->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
<HTML>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tset</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset</STRONG> - terminal initialization
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>tset</STRONG> [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
[<EM>terminal</EM>]
<STRONG>reset</STRONG> [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
[<EM>terminal</EM>]
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-tset---initialization">tset - initialization</a></H3><PRE>
<STRONG>Tset</STRONG> initializes terminals. <STRONG>Tset</STRONG> first determines the
type of terminal that you are using. This determination
is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
versus the other initialization. If neither option is
given, both are assumed.
+
+</PRE><H3><a name="h3-reset---reinitialization">reset - reinitialization</a></H3><PRE>
When invoked as <STRONG>reset</STRONG>, <STRONG>tset</STRONG> sets cooked and echo modes,
turns off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline transla-
tion and resets any unset special characters to their
the abnormal state. Also, the terminal will often not
echo the command.
+
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></H2><PRE>
The options are as follows:
<STRONG>-c</STRONG> Set control characters and modes.
tion, i.e., control-h may be specified as "^H" or "^h".
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SETTING-THE-ENVIRONMENT">SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SETTING-THE-ENVIRONMENT">SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and
information about the terminal's capabilities into the
shell's environment. This is done using the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option.
eval `tset -s options ... `
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-TERMINAL-TYPE-MAPPING">TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-TERMINAL-TYPE-MAPPING">TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING</a></H2><PRE>
When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the
current system information is incorrect) the terminal type
derived from the <EM>/etc/ttys</EM> file or the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environmental
marks ("!").
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-HISTORY">HISTORY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-HISTORY">HISTORY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command appeared in BSD 3.0. The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> imple-
mentation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for
a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyr-
sus.com>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-COMPATIBILITY">COMPATIBILITY</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> utility has been provided for backward-compati-
bility with BSD environments (under most modern UNIXes,
<STRONG>/etc/inittab</STRONG> and <STRONG>getty(1)</STRONG> can set <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> appropriately for
of <STRONG>tset</STRONG> has been removed.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-ENVIRONMENT">ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-ENVIRONMENT">ENVIRONMENT</a></H2><PRE>
The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command uses these environment variables:
SHELL
looking for the terminal description.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-FILES">FILES</a></H2><PRE>
/etc/ttys
system port name to terminal type mapping database
(BSD versions only).
terminal capability database
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>csh(1)</STRONG>, <STRONG>sh(1)</STRONG>, <STRONG>stty(1)</STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>tty(4)</STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>ttys(5)</STRONG>, <STRONG>environ(7)</STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20151205).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 6.0 (patch 20160130).
<ul>
<li><a href="#h2-NAME">NAME</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></li>
-<li><a href="#h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></li>
+<li><a href="#h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#h3-tset---initialization">tset - initialization</a></li>
+<li><a href="#h3-reset---reinitialization">reset - reinitialization</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#h2-OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-SETTING-THE-ENVIRONMENT">SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-TERMINAL-TYPE-MAPPING">TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING</a></li>
<li><a href="#h2-HISTORY">HISTORY</a></li>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NAME">NAME</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>wresize</STRONG> - resize a curses window
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><curses.h></STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wresize(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></H2><PRE>
This is an extension to the curses library. It reallo-
cates storage for an <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> window to adjust its dimen-
sions to the specified values. If either dimension is
tion (as set by <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>) merged into them.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-RETURN-VALUE">RETURN VALUE</a></H2><PRE>
The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
on success. It will fail if either of the dimensions less
than or equal to zero, or if an error occurs while
(re)allocating memory for the window.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-NOTES">NOTES</a></H2><PRE>
The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
be greater than zero. The dimensions are not compared to
<STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen dimensions to simplify the logic of
dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-PORTABILITY">PORTABILITY</a></H2><PRE>
It is not possible to resize windows with SVr4 curses.
This extension of ncurses was introduced in mid-1995. It
was adopted in NetBSD curses (2001) and PDCurses (2003).
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-SEE-ALSO">SEE ALSO</a></H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
-</PRE>
-<H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
+</PRE><H2><a name="h2-AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></H2><PRE>
Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
for BSD curses).
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.15 2010/12/04 18:38:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.16 2016/01/30 15:52:36 tom Exp $
.TH curs_refresh 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBint wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);\fR
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS refresh/wrefresh
The \fBrefresh\fR and \fBwrefresh\fR routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and
\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other
routines merely manipulate data structures.
Unless \fBleaveok\fR has been
enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the
cursor for that window.
+.SS wnoutrefresh/doupdate
.PP
The \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and \fBdoupdate\fR routines allow multiple updates with
more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fR alone.
changed.
(But see the section on \fBPORTABILITY\fR below for a warning about
exploiting this behavior.)
+.SS wredrawln/redrawwin
.PP
The \fBwredrawln\fR routine indicates to \fBcurses\fR that some screen lines
are corrupted and should be thrown away before anything is written over them.
.PP
X/Open does not define any error conditions.
In this implementation
-.RS
+.RS 3
.TP 5
\fBwnoutrefresh\fP
returns an error
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2011,2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2013,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.29 2013/12/21 22:15:53 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.31 2016/01/30 15:41:41 tom Exp $
.TH @TSET@ 1 ""
.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
.el .ds `` ``
.br
\fBreset\fR [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS tset - initialization
\&\fBTset\fR initializes terminals.
\fBTset\fR first determines the type of terminal that you are using.
This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
Use the \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-w\fP option to select only the window sizing
versus the other initialization.
If neither option is given, both are assumed.
+.SS reset - reinitialization
.PP
When invoked as \fBreset\fR, \fB@TSET@\fR sets cooked and echo modes,
turns off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline translation and
(the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the terminal
to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in the abnormal state.
Also, the terminal will often not echo the command.
+.SH OPTIONS
.PP
The options are as follows:
.TP 5
-# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.149 2016/01/23 21:32:00 tom Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.150 2016/01/30 15:31:51 tom Exp $
##############################################################################
# Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. #
# #
mostlyclean ::
-rm -f core tags TAGS *~ *.bak *.i *.ln *.atac
- -test -f trace || rm -f trace
+ -test -d trace || rm -f trace
-rm -f $(TEST_PROGS)
clean :: mostlyclean
-ncurses6 (6.0+20160123) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.0+20160130) unstable; urgency=low
* latest weekly patch
- -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 23 Jan 2016 12:00:36 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 30 Jan 2016 10:30:48 -0500
ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
-ncurses6 (6.0+20160123) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.0+20160130) unstable; urgency=low
* latest weekly patch
- -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 23 Jan 2016 12:00:36 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 30 Jan 2016 10:30:48 -0500
ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
-ncurses6 (6.0+20160123) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.0+20160130) unstable; urgency=low
* latest weekly patch
- -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 23 Jan 2016 12:00:36 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> Sat, 30 Jan 2016 10:30:48 -0500
ncurses6 (5.9-20120608) unstable; urgency=low
-; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.142 2016/01/23 17:00:00 tom Exp $\r
+; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.143 2016/01/30 15:30:48 tom Exp $\r
\r
; TODO add examples\r
; TODO bump ABI to 6\r
!define VERSION_MAJOR "6"\r
!define VERSION_MINOR "0"\r
!define VERSION_YYYY "2016"\r
-!define VERSION_MMDD "0123"\r
+!define VERSION_MMDD "0130"\r
!define VERSION_PATCH ${VERSION_YYYY}${VERSION_MMDD}\r
\r
!define MY_ABI "5"\r
Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
Name: mingw32-ncurses6
Version: 6.0
-Release: 20160123
+Release: 20160130
License: X11
Group: Development/Libraries
Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz
Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
Name: ncurses6
Version: 6.0
-Release: 20160123
+Release: 20160130
License: X11
Group: Development/Libraries
Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz